Lucent DDM-2000 OC-3 User And Service Manual
  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Lucent Manuals
  4. Multiplexer
  5. DDM-2000 OC-3
  6. User and service manual

Lucent DDM-2000 OC-3 User And Service Manual

Tarp release 13 and later volume ii
Hide thumbs
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990

Advertisement

Table of Contents

DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer
TARP Release 13 and Later
User/Service Manual (TOP)
Volume II
363-206-285
Issue 3
June 2001

Advertisement

Table of Contents
loading

Summary of Contents for Lucent DDM-2000 OC-3

  • Page 1 DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer TARP Release 13 and Later User/Service Manual (TOP) Volume II 363-206-285 Issue 3 June 2001...
  • Page 2 Documentation Support Lucent Technologies provides a telephone number for you to report errors or to ask questions about the information in this document. The support telephone number is 1-800-645-6759. To order documents, see "Document Ordering Information" above.
  • Page 3 Telephone number: ________________________________ Address: ____________________________________________________________________________________________ Email address: ______________________________ Job function: __________________________________________ If you choose to complete this form online, go to http://www.lucent-info.com/comments Otherwise fax to 407 767 2760 (U.S.) or +1 407 767 2760 (outside the U.S.) or email comments to ctiphotline@lucent.com...
  • Page 5 Issue 3, June 2001 Page 1 of 12 Operation and Maintenance (TOP) Overview This section supports the turnup, operation, and maintenance of the DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer. It includes the following five separate tabs: Acceptance — Yellow tab System Turnup/Circuit Order — Orange tab Operation —...
  • Page 6 2.5G OC-48 and DDM-2000 OC-3 or DDM-2000 OC-12 Rings. Upgrading DDM-2000 OC-3/OC-12 dual ring interworking from EC-1 to OC-3/IS-3. Upgrading DDM-2000 OC-3 ring network to OC-12 ring network to OC-12 ring network using OC-3 shelves. Upgrading DDM-2000 OC-3 ring network to OC-12 ring network to OC-12 ring network using OC-3/OC-12 shelves.
  • Page 7 Procedures in this TOP consist of the following: Task Index (IXL) - an index listing tasks that may need to be performed in establishing, operating, and maintaining the DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer system. Each colored tab in this manual contains a separate index (IXL-001) and it is always first under each tab.
  • Page 8 Also, the bold font is used throughout this manual for emphasis. DDM-2000 OC-3 Installation 363-206-204, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer Installation Manual , is available for customers planning to install the equipment themselves. To acquire this manual, refer to “How to Order Documents” in the About This Document tab.

  • Page 9: Safety Instructions

    A conventional laser beam expands very little over distance, or is said to be very well collimated. Thus, conventional laser irradiance remains relatively constant over distance. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 10 Inadvertently viewing an unterminated fiber or damaged fiber with the unaided eye at distances greater than 5 to 6 inches normally will not cause eye injury provided the power in the fiber is less than a few mW at the shorter wavelengths and higher at the longer DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 11 The safety label (Figure 1) shall read as follows: Figure 1. Safety Label on Inside of Front Shelf Cover DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 12 Consult ANSI Z136.1 American National Standard for Safe Use of Lasers for guidance on the safe use of lasers in the workplace. Registered trademark of F. J. W. Industries, Inc. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 13 Assume all circuit packs contain solid state electronic components that can be damaged by ESD. Use only Lucent Technologies manufactured UL recognized circuit packs specified in the appropriate user/service manual in this system. When handling circuit packs (storing, inserting, removing, etc.) or when working on the backplane, always wear a grounded wrist strap or wear a heel strap and stand on a grounded, static-dissipating floor mat.
  • Page 14 363-206-285 Page 10 of 12 Issue 3, June 2001 Figure 2. Static Control Wrist Strap DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 15 For information on proper ventilation requirements, consult the "Equipment Installation Considerations" section of 363-206-204, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer Installation Manual , 363-206-208, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer Installation Manual , or 363-206-310, DDM-2000 FiberReach Multiplexer Installation Manual .
  • Page 16 Never install telecommunication connections in wet locations. Never touch uninsulated telecommunication wires or terminals unless the telecommunication line has been disconnected at the DS1 or DS3 interface. Use caution when installing or modifying telecommunication lines. SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 17 HDSL Service — Discontinue End-to-End ....Circuit Order: NTP-017 HDSL Service — Establish Initial — Group Equipped But Not In Service ....System Turnup: NTP-003 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 18 Add OC-3 Optical Span Linear Extension — Extension Added Between FT-2000 and DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 .....System Turnup: NTP-049 Add New Optical Span —...
  • Page 19 Add New DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Node (Shelf) To DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Path Switched Ring ..Circuit Order: NTP-026 Add New DS1 Service — Group Already In Service ..Circuit Order: NTP-006 Add New DS3 Group For DS3 Service —...
  • Page 20 OC-3 TARP Release 13 or Later .....System Turnup: NTP-016 Establish Dual-Homed FiberReach Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Backbone Ring ..System Turnup: NTP-044 Establish Dual-Homed OC-3 or OC-12 Access via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring.
  • Page 21 OC-48 Backbone Ring ......System Turnup: NTP-060 Establish Stand-Alone FiberReach Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 Host Shelf ......System Turnup: NTP-045 DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 22 Modem - Condition and Connect ... . .Detailed Level Procedure: DLP-526 Option Settings - Check (Set) ....Detailed Level Procedure: DLP-513 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 23 Group Equipped But Not In Service ....System Turnup: NTP-002 Shelf — Equip DDM-2000 OC-3 (Looped Back) — OC-3 Release 8 or Later ......System Turnup: NTP-016...
  • Page 24 Span — Add New Optical Span to DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring ......Circuit Order: NTP-015 Span —...
  • Page 25 Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3/OC-12 Dual Ring Interworking Network from EC-1 to OC-3/IS-3 In Service ..Circuit Order: NTP-051 Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring Network to OC-12 Ring Network Using OC-3 Shelves In-Service ..Circuit Order: NTP-023...
  • Page 26 NTP-011 Discontinue End-to-End DS1 Service NTP-012 Discontinue End-to-End DS3 Service NTP-013 Establish EC-1 Dual Ring Interworking DDM-2000 OC-3 to OC-12 or FT-2000 OC-3 Optical Fiber Spans NTP-014 Add New HDSL Service (Group Already In Service) NTP-015 Add New Optical Span...
  • Page 27 Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-12 Ring by Removing OC-12 Shelf and Replacing with Existing Single-Homed OC-3 Shelf (In Service) NTP-026 Add New DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Node (Shelf) To DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Path Switched Ring NTP-027 Discontinue DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Node (Shelf)
  • Page 28 NTP-045 Establish Stand Alone FiberReach Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 Host Shelf NTP-046 Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 Release 7.1 or 7.2 to TARP Release 13 or 15 (System In Service) NTP-047 Establish Single-Homed OC-3 or OC-12 Access via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring...
  • Page 29 Clear Fan Shelf Alarm TAP-119 Clear OLIU or Fiber Trouble — Path Protected Ring TAP-120 Clear STS/VT AIS Alarm Conditions TAP-121 Clear Brownout Condition — Flashing L in FE Display TAP-122 Clear Trouble During IMA LAN Program Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 30 From Remote CIT Location DLP-527 Clean Optical Fibers, Connectors, and Lightguide Buildouts (LBOs) DLP-528 Install New IMA LAN Software Generic Program In-Service System Remote Shelf Download DLP-529 Unused DLP-530 Unused DLP-531 Retrieve Generic Software Version ID DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 31 New Shelf Only BBG9 OHCTL Installed DLP-550 Make VT1.5 (DS1) or STS1 (DS3) Cross-Connections Using CIT Dual Ring Interworking Configuration DLP-551 Replace DDM-2000 OC-3 Shelf User Panel Out of Service DLP-552 Install/Remove Lightguide Buildout DLP-553 Perform DS3 Transmission Test Dual Ring Interconnection...
  • Page 32 Sync Messaging - Change Kbyte to Sbyte DLP-566 Obtain Equipment, Check Software, Prepare and Connect PC for Software Download Table A is provided as a reference only, and should not be used alone in finding instructions for performing tasks. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 33 The CPro-2000 Graphical User Interface and Provisioning Tool is a Microsoft Windows based user interface that can optionally be used with the DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer. The tool simplifies and mechanizes administration, maintenance, and provisioning operations for ring networks. With the tool a user can: •...
  • Page 34 (SNC) ITM SNC is an element management system that supports SONET NEs such as the ® † Lucent Technologies' DDM-2000, FT-2000, SLC -2000, and the Fujitsu Lightwave Multiplexer (FLM), ITM SNC provides fault, provisioning, configuration, and security management functions via a Graphical User Interface (GUI). Through these functions, ITM SNC a able to support communication multiplexing or concentration, to provide network security, and to record all database changes.
  • Page 35 The following procedures are for use in testing the DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer system after another organization has equipped it. The procedures test the DDM-2000 OC-3 system after all circuit packs have been installed and the shelf is looped back or after a system has been established end-to-end. They are not intended to be used for initial system turnup or in establishing an end-to-end system.
  • Page 36 IXL-001 363-206-285 Acceptance: Issue 3, June 2001 Page 2 of 2 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 37 This procedure is an overview of acceptance procedures that may be performed on the DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer. It assumes that the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf or system has been installed and equipped with circuit packs. It also assumes that the system is being tested (accepted) by an organization that did not install it.
  • Page 38 A. Single Ring Configuration DLP-511 B. Dual Ring (DRI) Configuration DLP-553 C. Single/Dual Homing Configuration DLP-511 If required, perform OC-3c transmission tests. DLP-544 Verify/set option settings using rtrv-ne/set-ne: commands. Verify/set option settings using rtrv-( )/set-( ): DLP-512 commands. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 39 NTP-003 363-206-285 Acceptance: Issue 3, June 2001 Page 1 of 4 Test (Accept) DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer Shelf (Looped-Back) DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors may emit invisible laser radiation.
  • Page 40 Depress and hold the ACO pushbutton on the User Panel. Verify DLP-509 that all User Panel and circuit pack LEDs and the SYSCTL display light. Verify proper version of software is installed. Release the ACO pushbutton. Verify that all LEDs on the DDM-2000 go off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 41 DS1 and/or DS3 circuit packs must be inserted, as required, before performing these tests. Perform transmission and cross-connect tests for each group, as required. Refer any failures to organization that installed the DDM-2000. Ring Releases A. DS1 Transmission/Cross-Connect Test DLP-510 B. DS3 Transmission/Cross-Connect Test DLP-511 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 42 DLP-539 NOTE: A craft interface terminal (CIT) is required to access the optional features of the DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer. Refer to the Commands and Reports section and use the rtrv-( ) commands to determine the existing options. Activate optional features that you require at this time.
  • Page 43 NTP-004 363-206-285 Acceptance: Issue 3, June 2001 Page 1 of 6 Test (Accept) End-to-End DDM-2000 OC-3 System (Network) DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors may emit invisible laser radiation.
  • Page 44 An inconsistent DCC values alarm will occur when the init-sys:all command is executed, if fecom has not been enabled at both ends of the system. If required, use the command init-sys:all to reset provisionable parameters to default values. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 45 TGS/TG3 circuit pack options are set correctly [DLP-513]. Determine the optical loss of the optical facility from office records or by making the required measurements. Use rtrv-fecom: and set-fecom:com=enabled commands to verify/enable the DCC channel between all nodes, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 46 Ensure all DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves (OLIUs) in the network have DLP-514 been properly connected to the optical facility. Verify the integrity of each optical span.
  • Page 47 10. Perform end-to-end DS1 transmission test in the Mux direction for each function unit group, if required. A. DS1 Single Ring Test in Mux Direction DLP-510 B. DS1 Dual Ring (DRI) Test in Mux Direction DLP-554 C. DS1 Single/Dual Homing Test in Mux Direction DLP-510 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 48 13. Check local office alarm interface as required. DLP-516 14. Test protection switching function, if required. DLP-519 15. The system is ready for service to be established. 16. Activate remaining optional features as required. DLP-512 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 49 OC-3 systems, and establish initial end-to-end DS1/DS3 service after all necessary bay, shelf, and cable installation has been done. Equip DDM-2000 OC-3 Shelf (Looped Back) ... System Turnup: NTP-016 System — Establish End-to-End NOTE:...
  • Page 50 FIND YOUR JOB IN THE LIST BELOW..THEN GO TO Establish Dual-Homed FiberReach Access — via DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Backbone Ring ..System Turnup: NTP-044 Establish Dual-Homed OC-3 Access —...
  • Page 51 Establish Stand Alone FiberReach Access — via DDM-2000 OC-3 Host Shelf ..... System Turnup: NTP-045 Service — Establish Initial DS1 Establish Initial End-to-End DS1 Service —...
  • Page 52 Span Added as Extension to DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring ......Circuit Order: NTP-015 Add DDM-2000 OC-3 Shelf and Optical Span —...
  • Page 53 Convert DS1 Group Service to DS3 Group Service ..Circuit Order: NTP-009 Convert DS3 Group Service to DS1 Group Service ..Circuit Order: NTP-010 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 54 Discontinue an OC-3 Optical Span Extension — From DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring ......Circuit Order: NTP-019 Telemetry — Establish Establish TL1/X.25 Telemetry .
  • Page 55 In Service ........Circuit Order: NTP-051 Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring Network to OC-12 Ring Network Using OC-3 Shelves —...
  • Page 56 The figures in this section show a variety of subnetwork configurations and associated flow diagrams. Figure 1 depicts a large network configuration consisting of FT-2000 OC-48, DDM-2000 OC-3, OC-12, and FiberReach. The remainder of the figures illustrate individual subnetworks necessary to establish the large network configuration.
  • Page 57 Access via DDM-2000 OC-12 Backbone Ring Figure 32 DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Optical Span Extension via DDM-2000 OC-12 Backbone Ring Figure 34 DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Optical Span Extension via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 58 OC-3 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-12 OC-12 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach OC-3 Fiber Fiber Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 1 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 59 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 2 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Single Homed OC-3 or OC-12 Access via FT-2000 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 60 DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 3 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Single Homed OC-3 or OC-12 Access via FT-2000 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 61 DS3 [System Turnup - NTP-005] EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 4 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Path Switched Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 62 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 5 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Path Switched Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 63 Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Backbone Ring [363-206-285 User/Service Manual, Volume 2 (TOP)]: System Turnup - NTP-043 Figure 6 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Single-Homed FiberReach Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 64 DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 7 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Single-Homed FiberReach Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 65 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 8 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Optical Span Linear Extension Between FT-2000 and DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 66 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 9 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Optical Span Linear Extension Between FT-2000 and DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 67 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 10 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Shelf and/or Optical Span Added as Extension to DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 68 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 11 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Shelf and/or Optical Span Added as Extension to DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 69 Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Backbone Ring [363-206-285 User/Service Manual, Volume 2 (TOP)]: System Turnup - NTP-044 Figure 12 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Dual Homed FiberReach Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 70 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 13 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Dual Homed FiberReach Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 71 System Turnup/Circuit Order: Issue 3, June 2001 Page 23 of 44 Establish End-to-End DDM-2000 OC-12 System (OC-12 Shelves) Path Switch Ring See Figure 15 Figure 14 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — DDM-2000 OC-12 Path Switched Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 72 OC-12 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 15 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — DDM-2000 OC-12 Path Switched Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 73 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 16 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Optical Span Extension Between DDM-2000 OC-12 Ring and DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 74 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 17 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Optical Span Extension Between DDM-2000 OC-12 Ring and DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 75 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 18 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3/IS-3 Optical Span Extension Between DDM-2000 OC-12 Ring and FT-2000 OC-48 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 76 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 19 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3/IS-3 Optical Span Extension Between DDM-2000 OC-12 Ring and FT-2000 OC-48 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 77 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 20 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3/IS-3 Dual Ring Interworking Between DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring and FT-2000 OC-48 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 78 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 21 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3/IS-3 Dual Ring Interworking Between DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring and FT-2000 OC-48 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 79 IXL-001 363-206-285 System Turnup/Circuit Order: Issue 3, June 2001 Page 31 of 44 Figure 22 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Single-Homed OC-12 Access via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 80 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 23 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Single-Homed OC-12 Access via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 81 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 24 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Single-Homed OC-3 Access via DDM-2000 OC-12 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 82 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 25 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Single-Homed OC-3 Access via DDM-2000 OC-12 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 83 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 26 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Dual-Homed OC-3 Access via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 84 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 27 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Dual-Homed OC-3 Access via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 85 Establish Initial End-to-End Service as required [363-206-295 User/Service Manual, Volume 2 (TOP)]: DS3 [System Turnup - NTP-018] EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-024] Figure 28 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Dual-Homed OC-12 Access via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 86 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 29 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Dual-Homed OC-12 Access via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 87 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 30 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Dual-Homed OC-3 Access via DDM-2000 OC-12 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 88 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 31 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — Dual-Homed OC-3 Access via DDM-2000 OC-12 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 89 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 32 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Optical Span Extension via DDM-2000 OC-12 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 90 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 33 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Optical Span Extension via DDM-2000 OC-12 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 91 EC-1 [System Turnup - NTP-034] HDSL [System Turnup - NTP-003] LAN [System Turnup - NTP-028] T1 [System Turnup - NTP-033] Figure 34 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Optical Span Extension via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 92 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Fiber Reach Fiber Fiber OC-3 Reach Reach Fiber Reach DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 35 – DDM-2000/FT-2000 Large Network Configurations — OC-3 Optical Span Extension via FT-2000 OC-48 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 93 22-Type OLIUs in FUNCTION UNITS C slots for OC-3c service and that the OLIUs in FUNCTION UNITS C slots are looped back at the terminating ends. Verify 22-Type OLIU circuit packs are installed in FUNCTION UNITS C slots. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 94 Remove optical loops from OLIUs in FUNCTION UNITS C slots and the broadband terminating equipment. Connect the optical cables from the DDM-2000 OC-3 FUNCTION UNITS C slots to the broadband terminating equipment. Perform an OC-3c transmission test using a SONET test set, if DLP-544 required.
  • Page 95 Turnup/Circuit Order: IXL-001 for procedures to equip the DDM-2000 shelves and establish the system. NOTE: If the DS1 terminating end(s) are in a DDM-2000 OC-3, this procedure assumes that MXRVO circuit packs have already been installed during initial shelf turnup and either MXRVO...
  • Page 96 Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of the rtrv-eqpt: command format. At each DDM-2000 OC-3 terminating end, use the rtrv-eqpt: command to obtain the Equipage and Version Report and verify that the proper service and protection (if required) MXRVO (STS1E) circuit packs have been installed in FUNCTION UNITS group(s) (A, B, or C) being put into service.
  • Page 97 Either terminating (drop) cross-connections or "drop and continue" cross-connections are made at terminating nodes and pass-through cross-connections are made at intermediate nodes. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 98 See the Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of commands. See Cross-Connection Provisioning in the Administration and Provisioning section of this manual for more information on cross-connection provisioning. Determine the necessary cross-connections for each node from the work order or circuit order. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 99 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. 15. Use PairGain Technologies procedures to access the faceplate RS-232 interface and set HDSL link management features for each port being provisioned. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 100 NTP-003 : System Turnup 363-206-285 Page 6 of 6 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 101 Turnup/Circuit Order: IXL-001 for procedures to equip the DDM-2000 shelves and establish the system. NOTE: If the DS1 terminating end(s) are in a DDM-2000 OC-3, this procedure assumes that MXRVO circuit packs have already been installed during initial shelf turnup and either MXRVO...
  • Page 102 Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of the rtrv-eqpt: command format. At each DDM-2000 OC-3 terminating end, use the rtrv-eqpt: command to obtain the Equipage and Version Report and verify that the proper service and protection (if required) MXRVO (STS1E) circuit packs have been installed in FUNCTION UNITS group(s) (A, B, or C) being put into service.
  • Page 103 If the group is to be equipped with any BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM circuit packs, both service and protection MXRVO circuit packs must be installed. At each DS1 terminating node, set option switches and install DLP-508 DS1/DS1PM circuit pack(s), as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 104 Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. 10. If one of the terminating nodes is equipped with STS1E circuit packs for an EC-1 interface to support DS1 services being established, establish initial EC-1 low speed interface [NTP-034]. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 105 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 106 A. Ring Configuration DLP-510 B. Dual Ring Interworking (DRI) Configuration DLP-554 C. OC-3/FiberReach Configuration DLP-510 14. Use the rtrv-state-eqpt: command to determine the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 107 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. 16. If BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM circuit packs are installed and the optional ds1pm performance monitoring feature is used, use the set-feat:feat=ds1pm,act=enable command to enable the feature. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 108 NTP-004 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 8 of 8 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 109 If the DDM-2000 fails to respond in the indicated manner, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001. At the DS3 terminating node(s) of the circuit being established, determine which DS3 port is to be put into service and what options are to be selected. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 110 Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. If one of the terminating nodes is equipped with STS1E circuit NTP-034 packs for an EC-1 interface to support DS3 services being established, establish initial EC-1 low speed interface. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 111 STS-1 cross-connections in a path protected ring network: dlt-crs-sts1, ent-crs-sts1, and rtrv-crs-sts1. See the Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of commands. Determine the necessary STS-1 cross-connections for each node from the work order or circuit order. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 112 Use the set-state-t3: command to set the port state of the DS3 port of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 113 DS1PM circuit packs, both service and protection MXRVO circuit packs must be installed. Also, if DS1 protection is required and service DS1PM circuit packs are to be installed, a DS1PM circuit pack must first be installed in the protection 8(P) slot. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 114 Determine which DS1 ports/slots are to be put into service and what options are to be selected. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 115 DS1 cross-connect point(s) or equivalent connection point(s) for the circuit(s) being added. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 116 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted (cnvt-crs) to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 117 A. Single Ring Configuration DLP-510 B. Dual Ring Interworking (DRI) Configuration DLP-554 C. OC-3/FiberReach Configuration DLP-510 10. Use the rtrv-state-eqpt: command to determine the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 118 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. 12. If BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM circuit packs are installed and the optional ds1pm performance monitoring feature is to be used, use the set-feat:feat=ds1pm,act=enable command to enable the feature. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 119 Set line build out (LBO) option jumpers and install DS3/DS3PM DLP-507 circuit packs into proper slots of FUNCTION UNITS group (A, B, or C) being equipped. Make the appropriate connection(s) to the DS3 cross-connect point(s) or equivalent connection point(s) for the circuit(s) being added. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 120 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 121 C. Single/Dual Homing Configuration DLP-511 10. Use the set-t3: command to set the characteristics of the DS3 port. 11. Use the rtrv-state-eqpt: command to determine the port state of the DS3 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 122 Use the set-state-t3: command to set the port state of the DS3 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 123 If the group is to be equipped with any BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM circuit packs, both service and protection MXRVO circuit packs must be installed. At DS1 terminating end, install MXRVO circuit packs into proper DLP-506 slots of FUNCTION UNITS group (A, B, or C) being equipped. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 124 177A Retainer Cards are used to disconnect the cross-connect wiring associated with unused service DS1 slot locations from the DDM-2000’s internal protection bus. Install 177A Retainer Cards into all unequipped service DS1 slots in groups equipped with MXRVO and protection DS1/DS1PM circuit packs. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 125 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 126 Single Ring Configuration DLP-510 Dual Ring Interworking (DRI) Configuration DLP-554 C. OC-3/FiberReach Configuration DLP-510 13. Use the rtrv-state-eqpt: command to determine the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 127 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. 15. If BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM circuit packs are installed and the optional ds1pm performance monitoring feature is to be used, use the set-feat:feat=ds1pm,act=enable command to enable the feature. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 128 NTP-008 : Circuit Order 363-206-285 Page 6 of 6 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 129 The UPD/INIT pushbutton on the SYSCTL is recessed to prevent its accidental operation. You will need a small pointed object, such as a ball-point pen, to operate it. On the SYSCTL, momentarily depress the UPD/INIT button. (FAULT LEDs go off.) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 130 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 131 12. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 132 Use the set-state-t3: command to set the port state of the DS3 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 133 ACO button. Remove service (signal) from the DS3 group being discontinued. (FAULT LED flashes on DS3/DS3PM circuit packs with signal removed.) Momentarily depress UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL to update the DDM-2000 internal equipment list. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 134 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. NOTE: On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 135 DS3/DS3PM circuit pack being removed. Remove DS3/DS3PM circuit packs associated with group(s) being discontinued, if required. Momentarily depress UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL to update the DDM-2000 internal equipment list. Verify that all alarms go off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 136 DS1PM circuit pack must be installed in the protection 8(P) slot. Install protection DS1/DS1PM circuit pack into slot 8(P) of group DLP-508 being put into service, if required. 12. Use the set-t1: command to set the characteristics of the DS1 port. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 137 14. Make appropriate cable connection(s) to DSX-1 cross-connect point(s) or equivalent connection point(s) for DS1 ports(s) being added. 15. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 138 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 139 (optional). Single Ring Configuration DLP-510 Dual Ring Interworking (DRI) Configuration DLP-554 C. OC-3/FiberReach Configuration DLP-510 19. Use the rtrv-state-eqpt: command to determine the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 140 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. 21. If BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM circuit packs are installed and the optional ds1pm performance monitoring feature is to be used, use the set-feat:feat=ds1pm,act=enable command to enable the feature. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 141 Also, AIS should be turned off (using the set-t1:address:ais=no command) on any DS1 circuit that is not in service. Determine which DS1 ports are to be discontinued and verify no alarms exist on the system. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 142 (i) to auto (a) state. CAUTION: Removing the wrong cross-connection may cause service interruption. Use the rtrv-crs-( ) command to determine the proper cross-connections. From work order or rtrv-crs-( ) command, determine the cross-connections for circuit being discontinued. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 143 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 144 If all DS1/DS1PM circuit packs in a group are removed, you may remove the group function unit (MXRVO or STS1E) circuit packs and the protection DS1/DS1PM circuit pack, if required. 10. If group MXRVO/STS1E circuit packs are removed, proceed to Step 12. Otherwise, continue with Step 11. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 145 DDM-2000 internal equipment list. If circuit packs have not been removed, use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) to auto or nmon, as required. 13. Verify all alarms are off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 146 NTP-011 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 6 of 6 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 147 (Flashing FAULT LEDs go off.) If a craft interface terminal (CIT) is available, use the rtrv-state-eqpt: command to verify that the right port has been changed from in-service (i) to auto (a) state at the terminating nodes. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 148 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 149 SYSCTL or use the upd command to update the DDM-2000 internal equipment list. If circuit pack(s) was not removed, use set-state-t3 command to set state of DS3/DS3PM/STS1E circuit pack to "not monitored" (nmon). 10. Verify that all alarms go off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 150 NTP-012 : Circuit Order 363-206-285 Page 4 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 151 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 1 of 2 Establish EC-1 Dual Ring Interworking DDM-2000 OC-3 to OC-12 or FT-2000 OC-3 Optical Fiber Spans DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO CAUTION: DDM-2000 circuit packs contain static sensitive components which can be damaged by electrostatic discharge.
  • Page 152 NTP-013 : Circuit Order 363-206-285 Page 2 of 2 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 153 Determine which HDSL ports/slots are to be put into service and what options are to be selected. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 154 DS1 circuit being established. Either terminating (drop) cross-connections or "drop and continue" cross-connections are made at terminating nodes and pass-through cross-connections are made at intermediate nodes. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 155 See the Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of commands. See Cross-Connection Provisioning in the Administration and Provisioning section of this manual for more information on cross-connection provisioning. Determine the necessary cross-connections for each node from the work order or circuit order. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 156 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. ® 12. Use PairGain Technologies procedures to access the faceplate RS-232 interface and set HDSL link management features for each port being provisioned. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 157 Page 1 of 6 Issue 2, February 2000 Add New Optical Span Span Added as Extension Between DDM-2000 OC-3 Rings DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO CAUTION: DDM-2000 circuit packs contain static sensitive components which can be damaged by electrostatic discharge.
  • Page 158 Optical Span Existing OC-3 Ring MAIN 1 MAIN 2 FN A FN B FN C MAIN 1 MAIN 2 FN A FN B FN C Figure 1 – Adding New Optical Span Extension Between OC-3 Rings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 159 The Network Side/User Side parameters of the set-fecom: command must be set opposite at each end of the optical spans. Use the rtrv-fecom/set-fecom command to verify/set Network Side/User Side parameters at each end of optical span being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 160 11. What Release of software is installed in the system? If Release 15 software is installed, continue with Step 12. If Release 13 software is installed, proceed to Step 13. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 161 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters and 824-102-144,...
  • Page 162 17. Perform end-to-end DS1 transmission test for added low speed DLP-510 group, as required. 18. Perform end-to-end DS3 transmission test for added low speed DLP-511 group, as required. 19. The system is ready for service to be established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 163 If system software has not been previously installed in the OHCTL and SYSCTL, it must be installed [DLP-561] after the SYSCTL is installed. If the DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer is being used as a DDM-2000 FiberReach host shelf, TARP Release 13 or later ring software must be installed.
  • Page 164 NOTE: BBF4 TG3 circuit packs cannot be mixed with BBF2/BBF2B/BBF2C TGS circuit packs in the same DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf. NOTE: To avoid timing alarms before the end-to-end OC-3 system has been established, the TGS/TG3 option switches must be...
  • Page 165 LBO for loopback testing. NOTE: Unused optical connectors on the 27G-U/27G2-U OLIUs should remain looped back or use the set-state-oc1: command to set the state of the unused OC-1 ports to nmon. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 166 Install BBG2/BBG2B MXRVO circuit packs (if required). DLP-506 Install BBG4/BBG4B/BBG19 DS3 circuit packs (if required). DLP-507 10. Install BBG20 TMUX circuit packs (if required). DLP-507 11. Install BBG6 STS1E (optioned for LOW SPEED) circuit packs (if DLP-502 required). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 167 If BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM circuit packs are installed in service slots, then a BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM circuit pack must be installed in the protection slot, if protection is required. Install service and protection BBF1/BBF1B DS1 or BBF3/BBF3B DLP-508 DS1PM circuit packs (if required). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 168 DCC. Use the init-sys:all command to initialize all provisionable parameters to their original default values. It may take approximately 2 minutes after init-sys:all command for alarms to stabilize. 17. Perform an LED test. DLP-509 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 169 Perform local cross-connect wiring test (looped back) (if required). A. DS1/EC-1 transmission test DLP-510 B. DS3/EC-1 transmission test DLP-511 20. Perform DDM-2000 OC-3 receiver sensitivity test (if required). DLP-547 Optional test. 21. Check office alarm interface as required. DLP-516 22. Test protection switching function, if required.
  • Page 170 DDM-2000 Path Switched Rings NTP-022 OC-3/IS-3 Dual Ring Interworking — DDM-2000 OC-3 to NTP-041 OC-12 or FT-2000 Ring C. EC-1 Dual Ring Interworking — DDM-2000 OC-3 to OC-12 or NTP-013 FT-2000 Ring D. DDM-2000 OC-3 Single-Homed OC-3 Access via Release 7 NTP-040...
  • Page 171 Single-Homed Release 15 OC-3 or OC-12 Access via NTP-060 WaveStar TDM 2.5G OC-48 Backbone Ring M. Dual-Homed OC-3 or OC-12 Access via FT-2000 OC-48 NTP-048 Backbone Ring N. Dual-Homed OC-3 or OC-12 Access via WaveStar TDM 2.5G NTP-061 OC-48 Backbone Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 172 NTP-016 : System Turnup 363-206-285 Page 10 of 10 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 173 (i) to auto (a) state. CAUTION: Removing the wrong cross-connection may cause service interruption. Use the rtrv-crs-( ) command to determine the proper cross-connections. From work order or rtrv-crs-( ) command, determine the DS1 (VT1.5) cross-connections for circuit being discontinued. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 174 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 175 177A Retainer Cards are used to disconnect the cross-connect wiring associated with unused service DS1 slot locations from the DDM-2000’s internal protection bus. Install 177A Retainer Card(s), as required, into the DS1 slot(s) for the HDSL circuit pack(s) removed. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 176 DDM-2000 internal equipment list. If circuit packs have not been removed, use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) to auto or nmon, as required. 13. Verify all alarms are off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 177 Page 1 of 10 Issue 2, February 2000 Establish OC-3 Optical Span Extension Between DDM-2000 OC-12 Ring and DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors may emit invisible laser radiation.
  • Page 178 NOTE: If work order or office records do not specify OLIU types, refer to 363-206-200, DDM-2000 OC-3 and OC-12 Multiplexers, Applications, Planning, and Ordering Guide and/or Volume 1 of this User/Service manual for a description of OLIU circuit packs and applications.
  • Page 179 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I . Ensure the DDM-2000 OC-3 subnetwork and/or shelf has been properly equipped with OLIUs to accept the new OC-3 optical extension. Determine the optical loss of the optical facility from office records or by making the required measurements.
  • Page 180 OC-3 Line Provisioning Report and verify if Kbyte/Sbyte is enabled or disabled. Use or set-oc3:fn-{a,b,c, or d}:syncmsg=Kbyte/Sbyte command at the OC-12 shelf to enable Kbyte/Sbyte sync messaging for the FUNCTION UNITS group used for the new OC-3 optical extension. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 181 16. What Release of software is installed in the system? If Release 15 software is installed, continue with Step 17. If Release 13 software is installed, proceed to Step 18. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 182 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I and 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the...
  • Page 183 DLP-511 group, if required. 22. The network is ready for service to be established. Use procedures from both 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)— Volume II and 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II to establish the type of service required.
  • Page 184 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 FN A FN B FN C MAIN B1 MAIN B2 FN A FN B FN C FN D Figure 1 – Adding New OC-3 Optical Span Extension — OC-3 Ring to OC-12 Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 185 : Circuit Order 363-206-285 Page 9 of 10 Issue 2, February 2000 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Figure 2 – Adding New OC-3 Optical Span Extension to OC-12 Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 186 NTP-018 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 10 of 10 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 187 The rtrv-crs-( ): command may be used to retrieve STS-1/VT1.5 cross-connections within the DDM-2000 OC-3 system. Determine which optical span(s) is being discontinued. Ensure service (signals) has been removed from the DS1/DS3/EC-1 groups in the span(s) being discontinued [NTP-011 (DS1), NTP-012 (DS3), and/or NTP-036 (EC-1)].
  • Page 188 UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL or use the upd command to update the DDM-2000 internal equipment list. If OLIU circuit pack(s) was not removed, connect optical fiber DLP-505 loops to OLIU(s). Verify that all alarms go off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 189 If the appropriate circuit packs have not been installed and the system is in service on other groups, refer to System Turnup/Circuit Order: IXL-001 for procedures to add a new DS3 group for DS3-to-DS1 service. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 190 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO NOTE: If the DS1 terminating end(s) are in a DDM-2000 OC-3, this procedure assumes that MXRVO circuit packs have already been installed during initial shelf turnup and TMUX circuit packs have been installed during initial shelf turnup at the other DDM-2000 OC-3 terminating end(s) of the circuit.
  • Page 191 Reports section of this manual for a description of the rtrv-t1: command format. At each DS1 terminating node, use the rtrv-t1: command to obtain the T1 Port Provisioning Report and verify the hardware and software option settings. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 192 If the group is to be equipped with any BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM circuit packs, both service and protection MXRVO circuit packs must be installed. At each DS1 terminating node, set option switches and install DLP-508 DS1/DS1PM circuit pack(s), as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 193 Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. 14. If one of the terminating nodes is equipped with STS1E circuit NTP-034 packs for an EC-1 interface to support DS3 services being established, establish initial EC-1 low speed interface. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 194 18. Use the set-t3: command to set the characteristics of the DS3 port of the circuit being established. 19. Use the rtrv-state-eqpt: command to determine the port state of the DS3 port of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 195 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. 24. If BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM circuit packs are installed and the optional ds1pm performance monitoring feature is to be used, use the set-feat:feat=ds1pm,act=enable command to enable the feature. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 196 NTP-020 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 8 of 8 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 197 Set line build out (LBO) option jumpers and install TMUX circuit DLP-507 packs into proper slots of FUNCTION UNITS group (A, B, or C) being equipped. Make the appropriate connection(s) to the DS3 cross-connect point(s) or equivalent connection point(s) for the circuit(s) being added. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 198 DRI ring network] to switch the active STS-1 (DS3) path to repeat this test on the other path. Perform DS3-to-DS1 transmission test for each circuit being put into service (optional). 10. Use the set-t3: command to set the characteristics of the DS3 port. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 199 Use the set-state-t3: command to set the port state of the DS3 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 200 NTP-021 : Circuit Order 363-206-285 Page 4 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 201 : System Turnup 363-206-285 Page 1 of 8 Issue 2, February 2000 Establish End-to-End DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 System OC-3 or OC-12 Optical Fiber Spans Path Switched Ring Network DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO...
  • Page 202 Also check Mode Switching (revertive or nonrevertive) and the external DS1 Line Code/Format switch settings. Set timing mode on TGS/TG3 circuit packs to the timing mode DLP-513 specified in work order or office records. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 203 Use the rtrv-sync: command to obtain the Synchronization Report and verify if Sync Autoreconfiguration is enabled or disabled. Use the set-sync: command to enable or disable the Sync Autoreconfiguration parameter and to set sync source, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 204 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 205 At each shelf, use the set-fecom:address:com=enabled command to ensure far end communications (fecom) is enabled. 11. Perform optical fiber connections and verification of the integrity of DLP-514 the optical span being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 206 Perform end-to-end OC-3 or OC-12 line test. DLP-515 14. Repeat this procedure from Item 2 for each optical span being established in the DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 network. 15. The system is now ready for initial service to be established. Initial DS1 Service...
  • Page 207 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Node 1 Node 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 Ring 1 Ring 2 DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring OC-3 OC-3 Node 5 Node 4 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1...
  • Page 208 MAIN-1 MAIN-2 FN-A-1 FN-A-2 FN-B-1 FN-B-2 FN-C-1 FN-C-2 27-Type OLIUs dcc-m1-1 dcc-m2-1 dcc-a1-1 dcc-a2-1 dcc-b1-1 dcc-b2-1 dcc-c1-1 dcc-c2-1 dcc-m1-2 dcc-m2-2 dcc-a1-2 dcc-a2-2 dcc-b1-2 dcc-b2-2 dcc-c1-2 dcc-c2-2 Figure 2 – Example OC-12 Ring Configuration Connections DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 209 22-Type OLIUs to an OC-12 path protected ring network using 24/29-Type OLIUs in DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves only. If an OC-12 shelf is being added to the ring fibers to support single-homing the original OC-3 shelf at the CO, use the procedures of NTP-024 instead of this procedure.
  • Page 210 Page 2 of 8 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO NOTE: You may also contact Lucent Technologies to provide this in-service upgrade. Experienced Lucent Technologies installers will help you plan and execute the network upgrade.
  • Page 211 Use the switch-sync: command to force line timing from MAIN Remote login to Node 2 and switch STS-1 and/or VT1.5 path from MAIN 1 to MAIN 2(P) with the switch-path-sts1: and/or switch-path-vt1: commands. 10. Use the switch-sync: command to force line timing from MAIN 2(P). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 212 OC-12 LOS alarm clears at both ends of the span. The inc. VT and STS AIS alarms clear downstream. Install a 24/29-Type OLIU into MAIN 1 OLIU slot and reconnect optical fibers. Wait until the blinking FAULT LED goes off before continuing. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 213 OLIU. Install a 24/29-Type OLIU into MAIN 2(P) OLIU slot and reconnect optical fibers. 21. Connect the OC-12 faceplate connector between MAIN 1 and MAIN 2(P) 24/29-Type OLIUs. Wait until OC12 connector failed alarm clears. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 214 VT and STS AIS alarms clear downstream. Install a 24/29-Type OLIU into MAIN 1 OLIU slot and reconnect optical fibers. 26. At the starting Node, connect the OC-12 faceplate connector between MAIN 1 and MAIN 2(P) 24/29-Type OLIUs. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 215 (upd) command at the starting Node. 28. If an OC-12 shelf is to be added to this new ring configuration, Use the procedures of NTP-021 in 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II . DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 216 NTP-023 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 8 of 8 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 217 NOTE: You may also contact Lucent Technologies to provide this in-service upgrade. Experienced Lucent Technologies installers will help you plan and execute the network upgrade. For more information, contact your Lucent Technologies Account Representative.
  • Page 218 Other nodes will receive inc. VT and STS AIS alarms. At the starting Node (in this example, Node 1), remove optical fibers from MAIN 2(P) OLIU, then remove MAIN 2(P) OLIU. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 219 Node when the MAIN 2(P) OLIU is removed.from this Node. Other nodes will receive inc. VT and STS AIS alarms. Remove optical fibers from MAIN 2(P) OLIU for next span being established, then remove MAIN 2(P) OLIU. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 220 Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of the rtrv-eqpt: command format. At OC-12 node, verify/install DLP-503 21G/21G-U/21G2-U/21G3-U/21D/21D-U OLIU circuit packs in FUNCTION UNITS slots (FN A, FN B, FN C, or FN D) being used for the new OC-3/IS-3 extension. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 221 Network Side/User Side parameters at each end of optical span being established. 20. Use the rtrv-oc3/set-oc3 command at the OC-12 shelf to verify/set application (app) parameter for the OC-12 FUNCTION UNITS slots being used for this single-homed configuration. For example, set-oc3:fn-a,app=0X1. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 222 OC-3 lines. See the Commands and Reports section of 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual— Volume I , and 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for a description of the rtrv-oc3: command format.
  • Page 223 DDM-2000. See the Commands and Reports section of 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual— Volume I , and 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for a description of the rtrv-sync: command format.
  • Page 224 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. 26. From office records or by using the rtrv-crs-sts1:all command at any site, determine ALL existing cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 225 OC-12 shelf to correspond to each terminating cross-connection present on every shelf in the OC-12 ring network. Terminating cross-connections must be made at the new OC-12 shelf to correspond to each terminating cross-connection present on the existing CO OC-3 shelf. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 226 OC-3 shelf at the CO with the adjacent OC-3 shelf equipped with both 24/29-Type OLIUs. Condition the fiber for connection to the new shelf. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 227 Set timing mode on TGS/TG3 circuit packs to the timing mode DLP-510 specified in work order or office records. (OC-3 Reference: 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II , DLP-513). 30. At new OC-12 shelf, remove OLIU optical loops from MAIN-B-1 slot.
  • Page 228 37. Perform end-to-end OC-12 optical line test on optical spans being DLP-548 established. 38. Remove optical fibers from CO OC-3 shelf MAIN 2(P) OLIU and connect to OC-12 MAIN-B-2(P) OLIU. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 229 After the update at this node, the inc. OC-12 LOF alarm remains until the 24/29-Type OLIU is installed at the connecting Node. Momentarily depress the UPD button on the SYSCTL or execute the update (upd) command at the Node with both 24/29-Type OLIUs installed. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 230 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11 Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I and 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the...
  • Page 231 Page 15 of 24 Issue 2, February 2000 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO OC-3 OC-3 OC-3 Figure 1 – Basic 4-Node OC-3 Ring for OC-3 to OC-12 Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 232 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- Type Type OLIU OLIU OC-3 Figure 2 – Basic 4-Node OC-3 Ring for OC-3 to OC-12 Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 233 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- 24/29- Type Type Type OLIU OLIU OLIU OC-3 24/29- Type OLIU Figure 3 – Basic 4-Node OC-3 Ring for OC-3 to OC-12 Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 234 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- 24/29- Type Type Type OLIU OLIU OLIU OC-3 24/29- 24/29- Type Type OLIU OLIU Figure 4 – Basic 4-Node OC-3 Ring for OC-3 to OC-12 Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 235 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- 24/29- Type Type Type OLIU OLIU OLIU OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- Type Type OLIU OLIU Figure 5 – Basic 4-Node OC-3 Ring for OC-3 to OC-12 Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 236 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- 24/29- Type Type Type OLIU OLIU OLIU OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- Type Type OLIU OLIU Figure 6 – Basic 4-Node OC-3 Ring for OC-3 to OC-12 Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 237 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- 24/29- Type Type Type OLIU OLIU OLIU OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- Type Type OLIU OLIU Figure 7 – Basic 4-Node OC-3 Ring for OC-3 to OC-12 Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 238 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- 24/29- 24/29- Type Type Type Type OLIU OLIU OLIU OLIU OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- Type Type OLIU OLIU Figure 8 – Basic 4-Node OC-3 Ring for OC-3 to OC-12 Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 239 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- 24/29- 24/29- Type Type Type Type OLIU OLIU OLIU OLIU OC-3 OC-3 24/29- 24/29- Type Type OLIU OLIU Figure 9 – Basic 4-Node OC-3 Ring for OC-3 to OC-12 Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 240 NTP-024 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 24 of 24 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 241 24/29-Type OLIUs with the proper software, cross connections, synchronization requirements and TID settings. NOTE: You may also contact Lucent Technologies to provide this in-service upgrade. Experienced Lucent Technologies installers will help you plan and execute the network upgrade. For more information, contact your Lucent Technologies Account Representative.
  • Page 242 Using office records or the rtrv-crs-( ): commands, determine the drop and pass-through cross connects at the nodes being converted. Equip the spare OC-3 shelf with new SYSCTL, OHCTL, TGS/TG3, and new 24/29-Type OLIUs circuit packs using procedures of NTP-016. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 243 MAIN 2(P) OLIU until the FAULT LED lights. 13. At the starting OC-3 NODE (NODE 5 OC-3), remove SYSCTL. 14. At the starting OC-3 NODE (NODE 5 OC-3), insert preprovisioned 24/29-Type OLIU into MAIN 1 OLIU slot. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 244 23. At the starting OC-3 NODE (NODE 5 OC-3), momentarily depress the UPD pushbutton on the SYSCTL or execute the update (upd) command. 24. Use rtrv-map-network: command to verify proper nodes have been connected throughout the ring. Verify system is free of alarms. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 245 MAIN 1 and MAIN 2(P) OLIU fiber connections. Wait until alarms clear between disconnecting the fibers. Figure 1 – Basic 3-Node OC-12 Ring for Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 246 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 6 of 8 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO 24/29-Type Figure 2 – Basic 3-Node OC-12 Ring for Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 247 : Circuit Order 363-206-285 Page 7 of 8 Issue 2, February 2000 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO 24/29-Type 24/29-Type Figure 3 – Basic 3-Node OC-12 Ring for Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 248 NTP-025 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 8 of 8 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 249 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 1 of 10 Add New DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Node (Shelf) To DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Path Switched Ring DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO...
  • Page 250 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 Ring 1 Ring 2 Node 5 Node 4 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 Figure 1 – Adding an RT (Node) to an Existing Ring Network DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 251 What Release of software is installed in the system? If Release 15 software is installed, continue with Step 6. If Release 13 software is installed, proceed to Step 7. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 252 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. From office records or by using the rtrv-crs-vt1:all or rtrv-crs-sts1:all command at any site, determine the existing cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 253 (cross-connected) to a function group on a near-end and far-end terminating shelf, it must also be pass-through cross-connected in every shelf in the network. See Cross-Connection Provisioning in the Administration and Provisioning section of this manual for more information on cross connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 254 Use the rtrv-oc3: or rtrv-oc12: command to obtain the OC-3 Line Provisioning Report or OC-12 Line Provisioning Report and verify if Kbyte/Sbyte is enabled or disabled. Use the set-oc3: or set-oc12: command to enable or disable the Kbyte/Sbyte parameter, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 255 At the point where the new DDM-2000 shelf will be added, use local procedures to cut the two fiber lines connecting existing shelves and condition the fiber for connection to the new shelf. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 256 Use the rtrv-fecom/set-fecom command to verify/set Network Side/User Side parameters at each end of optical span being established. 15. At new shelf, remove OLIU optical loops. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 257 If nsa inc. STS AIS alarm is present and no inc. OC-3 LOS or inc. OC-12 LOS alarm, check that all pass-through cross-connections have been properly made using the rtrv-crs-sts1: command. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 258 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11 Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual —Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters and 824-102-144,...
  • Page 259 363-206-285 Page 1 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 Discontinue DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Node (Shelf) From DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Path Switched Ring Network DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO CAUTION: DDM-2000 circuit packs contain static sensitive components which can be damaged by electrostatic discharge.
  • Page 260 AGNE has been changed. If a shelf being discontinued is an AGNE, use the set-ne:tid:agne=yes command to establish the AGNE on another shelf, if required. Use the set-ne:tid:agne=no command to disable the AGNE at the shelf being removed. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 261 If any circuit packs were removed, momentarily depress the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL or use the (upd) command to update the DDM-2000 internal equipment list. 12. Verify that all alarms go off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 262 NTP-027 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 4 of 4 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 263 BBG2 or BBG2B MXRVO circuit packs have been installed during initial shelf turnup at the other DDM-2000 OC-3 terminating end(s) of the circuit. If the terminating end is in another system, it is assumed that the appropriate installation and connections have been made to that system.
  • Page 264 Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of the rtrv-eqpt: command format. At each DDM-2000 OC-3 terminating end, use the rtrv-eqpt: command to obtain the Equipage and Version Report and verify that the proper service and protection (if required) MXRVO circuit packs have been installed in FUNCTION UNITS group(s) (A, B, or C) being put into service.
  • Page 265 12. If one of the terminating ends is equipped with DS1 or TMUX circuit packs for a DS1 or DS3 interface to support services being established, establish initial DS1 (NTP-004) or DS3-to-DS1 (NTP-020) service. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 266 VT1.5 cross-connections. Also, provisioning now as a VT1.5 cross-connect will avoid a hit on traffic if the STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 267 18. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. 19. Use the rtrv-state-eqpt: command to determine the port state of the LAN port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 268 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the LAN port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 269 NTP-029 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 1 of 22 Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point Network to Path Switched Ring In Service DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO CAUTION: This procedure requires 22-Type OLIU circuit packs in all shelves.
  • Page 270 All shelves in the same network must have the same or compatible software releases. NOTE: You may also contact Lucent Technologies to provide this in-service upgrade. Experienced Lucent Technologies installers will help you plan and execute the network upgrade. For more information, contact your Lucent Technologies Account Representative.
  • Page 271 DS1 STS-1 cross-connections to corresponding VT1.5 cross-connections. Use rtrv-sync: command to check timing mode and parameters for proper provisioning. If necessary, use set-sync: command to change timing provisioning to that specified on the work order. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 272 NOTE: BBF4 TG3 circuit packs cannot be mixed with BBF2/BBF2B/BBF2C TGS circuit packs in the same DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf. Before performing this procedure, ensure that both TGS/TG3 circuit packs are installed in the shelf, then use the switch-sync:s=circuitpack,pri=manual command to switch to the protection TGS/TG3 circuit pack in TIMING slot 2, if not already ACTIVE.
  • Page 273 Page 5 of 22 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO 11. Use set-fecom:dcc-m:com=disabled command to disable far-end communications (fecom) at Node 1. Figure 1 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 274 12. At Node 1, install optical splitter in optical line between Node 1 MAIN 1 OUT and Node 2 MAIN 1 IN as shown in Figure 2. Figure 2 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 275 Wait until FAULT LED on MAIN OLIU extinguishes before attempting switch. At Node 2 only, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch to the service (MAIN 1) line (main-1 OLIU active-rx). (See Figure 3.) Figure 3 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 276 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO 14. At Node 1, remove optical fiber from OLIU MAIN 2(P) OUT and connect it to the other output of the optical splitter. (See Figure 4.) Figure 4 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 277 Wait until FAULT LED on MAIN OLIU extinguishes before attempting switch. At Node 2 only, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the protection line (main-2 OLIU active-rx at Node 2). (See Figure 5.) Figure 5 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 278 16. Disconnect the fiber from the optical splitter output going to Node 2 MAIN 1 IN. Connect the fiber from Node 2 MAIN 1 IN to Node 1 MAIN 2(P) OUT. (See Figure 6.) Figure 6 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 279 Wait until FAULT LED on MAIN OLIU extinguishes before attempting switch. At Node 2 only, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the service line (main-1 OLIU active-rx at Node 2). (See Figure 7.) Figure 7 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 280 18. Remove optical splitter from Node 1 MAIN 1 OUT and Node 2 MAIN 2(P) IN. Connect optical fiber from Node 1 MAIN 1 OUT to Node 2 MAIN 2(P) IN. (See Figure 8.) Figure 8 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 281 19. At Node 1, install optical splitter in optical line between Node 1 MAIN 1 IN and Node 2 MAIN 1 OUT as shown in Figure 9. Figure 9 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 282 Wait until FAULT LED on MAIN OLIU extinguishes before attempting switch. At Node 1 only, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the service line (main-1 OLIU active-rx at Node 1). (See Figure 10.) Figure 10 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 283 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO 21. Disconnect optical fiber from Node 1 MAIN 2(P) IN and connect remaining optical splitter output to MAIN 2(P) IN. (See Figure 11.) Figure 11 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 284 Wait until FAULT LED on MAIN OLIU extinguishes before attempting switch. At Node 1, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the protection line (main-2 OLIU active-rx at Node 1). (See Figure 12.) Figure 12 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 285 23. At Node 1, remove optical splitter output from MAIN 1 IN and connect optical fiber from Node 2 MAIN 2(P) OUT to Node 1 MAIN 1 IN. (See Figure 13.) Figure 13 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 286 Wait until FAULT LED on MAIN OLIU extinguishes before attempting switch. At Node 1, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the service line (main-1 OLIU active-rx) at Node 1. (See Figure 14.) Figure 14 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 287 Wait until FAULT LED on MAIN OLIU extinguishes before attempting switch. At Node 2, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the protection line (main-2 OLIU active) at Node 2. (See Figure 15.) Figure 15 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 288 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 289 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual —Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters and 824-102-144,...
  • Page 290 Synchronization Report and verify if Sync Autoreconfiguration is enabled or disabled. Use the set-sync: command to enable or disable the Sync Autoreconfiguration parameter, as required. 35. The ring configuration is now complete and new nodes may be added as required [NTP-026]. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 291 All shelves in the same network must have the same software release. NOTE: You may also contact Lucent Technologies to provide an in-service upgrade. Experienced Lucent Technologies installers will help you plan and execute the network upgrade. For more information, contact your Lucent Technologies Account Representative.
  • Page 292 VT1.5 cross-connections. Also, provisioning now as a VT1.5 cross-connect will avoid a hit on traffic if the STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 293 TGS/TG3 circuit packs are not installed, removal of the only TGS/TG3 circuit pack will cause service interruption. NOTE: BBF4 TG3 circuit packs cannot be mixed with BBF2/BBF2B/BBF2C TGS circuit packs in the same DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 294 In the ring configuration, optical fibers from MAIN 1 at one node connect to MAIN 2(P) at the adjacent node. At Node 1, remove and reconnect the optical fibers as shown in Figure 1. Figure 1 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Point-to-Point to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 295 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 296 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters and 824-102-144,...
  • Page 297 Synchronization Report and verify if Sync Autoreconfiguration is enabled or disabled. Use the set-sync: command to enable or disable the Sync Autoreconfiguration parameter, as required. 19. The ring configuration is now complete and new nodes may be added as required [NTP-026]. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 298 NTP-030 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 8 of 8 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 299 Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 300 DS1/DS3 cross-connect point(s) or equivalent connection point(s) for the circuit(s) being added. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 301 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted (cnvt-crs) to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 302 16. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. 17. Use the rtrv-state-eqpt: command to determine the port state of the LAN port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 303 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 304 NTP-031 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 6 of 6 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 305 A Major alarm may occur when the first cross-connection at the terminating node is deleted and clear when the other terminating cross-connection is deleted. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 306 (drop) node cross-connections for all LAN service being removed, if required. Use the dlt-crs-vt1: command to delete the pass-through cross-connections at each nonterminating node for all LAN service being removed, if required. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 307 A Major alarm may occur when the first cross-connection at the terminating node is deleted and clear when the other terminating cross-connection is deleted. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 308 Use the dlt-crs-vt1: command to delete the terminating (drop) node cross-connections for all LAN service being removed, if required. 11. Use the set-state-t1: command to change all ports associated with the IMA LAN circuit pack to auto.(Flashing FAULT LEDs go off.) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 309 FUNCTION UNITS group MXRVO circuit packs, if required. CAUTION: No service LOW SPEED slots should be left empty. Install 177A Retainer Card(s), as required, into the slot(s) for the IMA LAN circuit pack(s) removed. 18. Verify all alarms are off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 310 NTP-032 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 6 of 6 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 311 The BBF6 T1EXT circuit pack can be used only with the BBG2B MXRVO circuit pack in the Group 4 shelf. NOTE: If the DS1 terminating end(s) are in a DDM-2000 OC-3, this procedure assumes that MXRVO circuit packs have already been installed during initial shelf turnup and MXRVO circuit packs have been installed during initial shelf turnup at the other DDM-2000 OC-3 terminating end(s) of the circuit.
  • Page 312 Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of the rtrv-eqpt: command format. At each DDM-2000 OC-3 terminating end, use the rtrv-eqpt: command to obtain the Equipage and Version Report and verify that the proper service and protection (if required) MXRVO circuit packs have been installed in FUNCTION UNITS group(s) (A, B, or C) being put into service.
  • Page 313 T1 connection point(s) for the circuit being added. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 314 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 315 Ring Configuration DLP-510 Dual Ring Interworking (DRI) Configuration DLP-554 C. OC-3 & OC-12/FiberReach Configuration DLP-510 13. Use the rtrv-state-eqpt: command to determine the port state of the T1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 316 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 317 If the DDM-2000 fails to respond in the indicated manner, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001. At the EC-1 terminating (drop) node(s), determine which STS1E circuit pack is to be put into service and what options are to be selected. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 318 UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL circuit pack after the STS1E circuit pack is reinstalled. If necessary, set the STS1E circuit pack option switch to LOW DLP-513 SPEED and reinstall the STS1E circuit pack(s). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 319 DS3/DS1 circuit being established. Either terminating (drop) cross-connections or "drop and continue" cross-connections are made at terminating nodes and pass-through cross-connections are made at intermediate nodes. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 320 See the Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of commands. See Cross-Connection Provisioning in the Administration and Provisioning section of this manual for more information on cross-connection provisioning. Determine the necessary cross-connections for each node from the work order or office records. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 321 Use the set-state-ec1: command to set the port state of the EC-1 port of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 322 NTP-034 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 6 of 6 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 323 Set line build out (LBO) option jumpers and LOW SPEED mode, DLP-502 then install STS1E circuit packs into proper slots of FUNCTION UNITS group (A, B, or C) being equipped. Use the set-ec1: command to set the characteristics of the EC-1 port. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 324 VT1.5 cross-connections. Also, provisioning now as a VT1.5 cross-connect will avoid a hit on traffic if the STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 325 A. DS1 Single OC-3 Ring Test DLP-510 B. DS1 Dual Ring (DRI) Test DLP-554 C. DS3 Single OC-3 Ring Test DLP-511 D. DS3 Dual Ring (DRI) Test DLP-553 E. DS1 Single/Dual Homing Test DLP-510 DS3 Single/Dual Homing Test DLP-511 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 326 Use the set-state-ec1: command to set the port state of the EC-1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 327 The audible alarm may be suppressed by depressing the ACO button. At the EC-1 cable cross-connect panel at the terminating nodes, remove the EC-1 signal(s) associated with the port(s) being discontinued. (FAULT LEDs begin flashing on STS1E circuit pack with signals removed.) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 328 A Critical or Major alarm may occur when the first cross-connection at the terminating node is deleted and clear when the other terminating cross-connection is deleted. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 329 Use the set-state-ec1: command to set the port state of the EC-1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 330 11. If the other terminating node(s) is equipped with DS1/DS1PM or DS3 circuit packs, discontinue the DS1/DS3 service at those nodes as required. Discontinue DS1 service. NTP-011 Discontinue DS3 service. NTP-012 12. Verify all alarms are off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 331 Determine which T1 ports/slots are to be put into service and what options are to be selected. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 332 T1 connection point(s) for the circuit(s) being added. Verify that no LEDs or alarms are activated. If any LEDs or alarms are activated, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 and follow the appropriate trouble-clearing procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 333 See the Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of commands. See Cross-Connection Provisioning in the Administration and Provisioning section of this manual for more information on cross-connection provisioning. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 334 Use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the T1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 335 The UPD/INIT pushbutton on the SYSCTL is recessed to prevent its accidental operation. You will need a small pointed object, such as a ball-point pen, to operate it. On the SYSCTL, momentarily depress the UPD/INIT button. (FAULT LEDs go off.) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 336 A Major alarm may occur when the first cross-connection at the terminating node is deleted and clear when the other terminating cross-connection is deleted. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 337 Set line build out (LBO) option jumpers and install STS1E circuit DLP-513 packs into FUNCTION UNITS group (A, B, or C) being put into service. 13. Use the set-ec1: command to set the characteristics of the EC-1 port. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 338 A. DS1 Single-Ring Test DLP-510 B. DS1 Dual Ring (DRI) Test DLP-554 C. DS3 Single-Ring Test DLP-511 D. DS3 Dual Ring (DRI) Test DLP-553 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 339 Use the set-state-ec1: command to set the port state of the EC-1 port(s) of the circuit being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 340 NTP-038 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 6 of 6 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 341 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 1 of 32 Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 Add/Drop Network to Path Switched Ring DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO CAUTION: Three STS-1 channels or 84 VT1.5 channels is the maximum capacity for an OC-3 ring.
  • Page 342 TARP Release 13 or later ring software is required for the final ring configuration. NOTE: All shelves in the same network must have the same or compatible software releases. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 343 Page 3 of 32 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO NOTE: You may also contact Lucent Technologies to provide this in-service upgrade. Experienced Lucent Technologies installers will help you plan and execute the network upgrade.
  • Page 344 TGS/TG3 circuit packs are not installed, removal of the only TGS/TG3 circuit pack will cause service interruption. NOTE: BBF4 TG3 circuit packs cannot be mixed with BBF2/BBF2B/BBF2C TGS circuit packs in the same DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 345 This procedure will convert the first two nodes (Node 1 and Node 2) to a ring, then the last (Node 4) and first (Node 1) nodes, and then continue to work back through the network from last node to first. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 346 : Circuit Order 363-206-285 Page 6 of 32 Issue 2, February 2000 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Figure 1 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 347 Use the rtrv-state-eqpt:main-all command to check switch state (main-2 OLIU active). (See Figure 2.) 12. Use set-fecom:dcc-m:com=disabled command to disable far-end communications (fecom) at Node 1. Figure 2 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 348 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO 13. At Node 1, install optical splitter in MAIN 1 OUT optical line as shown in Figure 3. Figure 3 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 349 At Node 2 only, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch to the service (MAIN 1) line (main-1 OLIU active). (See Figure 4.) Figure 4 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 350 15. At Node 1, remove optical fiber from OLIU MAIN 2(P) OUT and connect it to the other output of the optical splitter. (See Figure 5.) Figure 5 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 351 At Node 2 only, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the protection line (main-2 OLIU active at Node 2). (See Figure 6.) Figure 6 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 352 17. Disconnect the optical splitter output from the fiber going to Node 2 MAIN 1 IN and connect the fiber to Node 1 MAIN 2(P) OUT. (See Figure 7.) Figure 7 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 353 At Node 2 only, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the service line (main-1 OLIU active at Node 2). (See Figure 8.) Figure 8 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 354 19. At Node 1, remove optical splitter from MAIN 1 OUT. Connect optical fiber from Node 1 MAIN 1 OUT to Node 2 MAIN 2(P) IN. (See Figure 9.) Figure 9 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 355 20. Disconnect optical fiber from MAIN 1 IN at Node 1 and install optical splitter in MAIN 1 IN optical line as shown in Figure 10. Figure 10 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 356 At Node 1 only, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the service line (main-1 OLIU active at Node 1). (See Figure 11.) Figure 11 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 357 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO 22. Disconnect optical fiber from Node 1 MAIN 2(P) IN and connect remaining optical splitter output to MAIN 2(P) IN. (See Figure 12.) Figure 12 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 358 At Node 1, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the protection line (main-2 OLIU active at Node 1). (See Figure 13.) Figure 13 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 359 24. At Node 1, remove optical splitter output from MAIN 1 IN and connect optical fiber from Node 2 MAIN 2(P) OUT to Node 1 MAIN 1 IN. (See Figure 14.) Figure 14 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 360 At Node 1, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the service line (main-1 OLIU active) at Node 1. (See Figure 15.) Figure 15 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 361 At Node 2, use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the protection line (main-2 OLIU active) at Node 2. (See Figure 16.) Figure 16 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 362 Figure 17. Steps completed between the last RT and next to last RT are repeated as each span is converted to a ring configuration. Figure 17 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade 29. At Node 1 (CO) and Node 2, disconnect fiber from MAIN 2(P) OUT at the CO and MAIN 1 IN at Node 2.
  • Page 363 IN at Node 3. Disconnect fiber from MAIN 1 IN at the Node 4 and FN-C-1 OUT at Node 3. (See Figure 18.) Figure 18 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade 32. At Node 1 (CO), locally download TARP Release 13 or later DLP-532 software.
  • Page 364 Connect optical fiber from Node 1 (CO) MAIN 2(P) OUT to last Node 4 (RTn) MAIN 1 IN. Connect optical fiber from Node 1 (CO) MAIN 2(P) IN to last Node 4 (RTn) MAIN 1 OUT. (See Figure 19.) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 365 Page 25 of 32 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Figure 19 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade 35. At last Node 4 (RTn), locally download TARP Release 13 or later DLP-532 software.
  • Page 366 This routes the added traffic channel back to the CO and over the installed ring nodes to the intended drop points. 41. At Node 3, use the dlt-crs-vt1: or dlt-crs-sts1: command to delete all "main" to "fn-c" cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 367 OLIUs from FUNCTION UNIT C slots. Momentarily depress the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL. (See Figure 20.) Figure 20 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop Network to Ring Upgrade 43. At Node 2 (RTn-2) and Node 3 (RTn-1), use the switch-line:main:pri=manual command to switch service to the protection line (main-2 OLIU active).
  • Page 368 Issue 2, February 2000 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Figure 21 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade 46. At Node 4 (RTn-1), locally download TARP Release 13 or later DLP-532 software.
  • Page 369 49. Repeat this procedure from Step 38 for all remaining nodes to be converted. Figure 22 shows the completed ring configuration. Figure 22 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Drop or Add/Drop Network to Ring Upgrade 50. Use set-fecom:dcc-all:com=enabled command at all nodes to enable far-end communications (fecom).
  • Page 370 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters and 824-102-144,...
  • Page 371 Use the rtrv-oc3: command to obtain the OC-3 Line Provisioning Report and verify if Kbyte/Sbyte is enabled or disabled. Use the set-oc3: command to enable or disable the Kbyte/Sbyte parameter, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 372 Synchronization Report and verify if Sync Autoreconfiguration is enabled or disabled. Use the set-sync: command to enable or disable the Sync Autoreconfiguration parameter, as required. 57. The ring configuration is now complete and new nodes may be added as required [NTP-026]. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 373 DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II, System Turnup: NTP-002 and NTP-020). It is also assumed the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves have been equipped and tested, System Turnup: NTP-016. Determine the network configuration (for example, see Figure 1.) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 374 Release 7 or later ring software. If not equipped with TARP Release 7 or later software, upgrade the DDM-2000 OC-12 host shelf with proper software. Verify that the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf is equipped with TARP Release 13 or later ring software.
  • Page 375 If Release 15 software is installed, continue with Step 9. If Release 13 software is installed, proceed to Step 10. Use the rtrv-oc3/set-oc3 command at the remote DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf to verify/set application (dcc) parameter for the OC-3 MAIN slots being used for this single-homed OC-3. For example, set-oc3:main-1,dcc=distinct and set-oc3:main-2,dcc=distinct.
  • Page 376 OC-3 lines. See the Commands and Reports section of 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual— Volume I and 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I for a description of the rtrv-oc3: command format.
  • Page 377 DDM-2000. See the Commands and Reports section of 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual— Volume I ) and 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I ) for a description of the rtrv-sync: command format.
  • Page 378 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I and 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the...
  • Page 379 At each shelf, use the set-fecom:address:com=enabled command to ensure far end communications (fecom) is enabled. 19. Perform optical fiber connections and verification of the integrity of DLP-514 the optical span being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 380 Additionally, transmission tests should be performed to verify the continuity and quality of the established circuit. The single-homed DDM-2000 OC-3 access network is now ready for initial service to be established. For DS3, EC-1, STS-3c, and video terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-12 shelf, use the procedures in 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II to establish...
  • Page 381 OC-3 Shelf with OC-12 Optics 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) OC-3 OC-3 NODE 7 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 1 2(P) Figure 1 – Example Single-Home Ring Configuration Connections DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 382 21G-U OLIU OLIU Node 1 OC-3 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 22-Type OLIUs MAIN-1 MAIN-2 FN-A FN-B FN-C dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c FN-A-1 FN-A-2...
  • Page 383 Ring TARP Release 13 or later software is required in each DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf. Ring TARP Release 7 or later software is required in each DDM-2000 OC-12 shelf. Ring TARP Release 8 or later software is required in each FT-2000 shelf.
  • Page 384 OLIU circuit packs and applications. Optical line power measurements and/or office records must be used to verify that the span length can be supported. At the DDM-2000 OC-3 dual ring interworking nodes, install OLIU DLP-504 circuit packs in selected FUNCTION UNIT slots.
  • Page 385 OC-3 optical spans. One end is provisioned as “Network” and the other end is provisioned as “User”. Both ends of the OC-3 line cannot be the same and it makes no difference which end is “Network”. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 386 DDM-2000 MAIN OLIUs connecting the adjacent DRI nodes of the DDM-2000 OC-3/OC-12 ring. For example in the top DDM-2000 OC-3 ring in Figure 1, disable sync messaging between CO 2 MAIN 1 and CO 4 MAIN 2(P).
  • Page 387 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 388 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I and 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual—Volume...
  • Page 389 MAIN 2 OLIU OLIU OLIU OLIU RT 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 OLIU OLIU Ring 2 Ring 2 Ring 1 Ring 1 DS1, DS3, EC-1 Figure 1 – Example of DDM-2000 OC-3/FT-2000 OC-48 Dual Ring Interworking Network DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 390 NTP-041 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 8 of 8 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 391 This procedure assumes that the DDM-2000 and FT-2000 systems are in service and ring TARP Release 13 or later software is used in each DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf. Ring TARP Release 8 or later software is required in each FT-2000 shelf.
  • Page 392 Notify maintenance center that alarms will be generated. Upgrade software in each FT-2000 OC-48 and DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf with a release that supports OC-3 interfaces [FT-2000 Ring TARP Release 8 or later (OC-48) and DDM-2000 Ring TARP Release 13 or later (OC-3)], if not already performed.
  • Page 393 System, Release 8.1 Through 9.1, User/Service Manual , Add OC-3/IS-3 Low Speed Circuit Pack(s), NTP-010. Install required OLIU(s) in the OC-3 node associated with the DLP-504 FT-2000 secondary node (for example, node D in Figure 1). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 394 CONFIGURATION-Set-OC3 command to set the protection mode to 1 + 1 for the OC-3 slot used for DRI connections. 12. At the FT-2000 shelf, use CONFIGURATION-Enter-Assignment-DCC command to assign a DCC channel to slot(s) used for DRI connections, if required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 395 "drop and continue" cross-connections. 18. At the FT-2000 primary node, use the FAULT-Switch-Path-STS3-Line-Manual command to switch the designated tributary from primary node to secondary node. (Switch traffic to secondary node.) See Figure 2. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 396 22. At the FT-2000 primary dual ring interworking node (for example, node B in Figure 2), use FT-2000 procedures in 365-575-103, FT-2000 OC-48 Lightwave System, Release 8.1 Through 9.1, User/Service Manual , Delete DS3 and/or EC1 Low Speed Port(s), NTP-003. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 397 1 + 1 for the OC-3 slot used for DRI connections. 27. At the FT-2000 shelf, use CONFIGURATION-Enter-Assignment-DCC command to assign a DCC channel to slot(s) used for DRI connections. 28. Perform optical fiber connections and verification of the optical DLP-514 facility. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 398 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters.
  • Page 399 (Switch traffic to primary node.) 33. Remove all EC-1/DS3 connections between the nodes with BBG6 STS1E/LAA4 STS1E circuit packs removed, if required. 34. The upgrade is now complete. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 400 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 OLIU OLIU OLIU OLIU RT 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 OLIU OLIU Ring 2 Ring 2 Ring 1 Ring 1 DS1, DS3, EC-1 Figure 1 – OC-3/OC-48 DRI Interworking DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 401 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 OLIU OLIU OLIU OLIU RT 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 OLIU OLIU Ring 2 Ring 2 Ring 1 Ring 1 DS1, DS3, EC-1 Figure 2 – OC-3/OC-48 DRI Interworking DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 402 NTP-042 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 12 of 12 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 403 If the DDM-2000 fails to respond in the indicated manner, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001. NOTE: It is assumed that all DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves in the system have passed the looped transmission test(s) (System Turnup: NTP-016) and the DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 ring...
  • Page 404 NOTE: If work order or office records do not specify OLIU types, refer to 363-206-200, DDM-2000 OC-3 and OC-12 Multiplexers, Applications, Planning, and Ordering Guide and/or 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II , for a description of OLIU circuit packs and applications.
  • Page 405 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 406 At each shelf, use the set-fecom:address:com=enabled command to ensure far end communications (fecom) is enabled. 12. Perform optical fiber connections and verification of the integrity of DLP-514 the optical span being established. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 407 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3 command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13, User/Service Manual—Volume I and 363-206-305, DDM-2000 FiberReach Multiplexer, Wideband/Narrowband...
  • Page 408 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO DDM-2000 OC-3/OC-12 22G-U 22G-U 27G-U 27G-U 2(P) 2(P) MAIN FUNCTION UNITS 26G-U 26G-U MAIN-1 MAIN-2 DDM-2000 FiberReach Figure 1 – Example Single-Home Ring Configuration Connections DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 409 27-Type OLIUs dcc-m1-1 dcc-m2-1 dcc-a1-1 dcc-a2-1 dcc-b1-1 dcc-b2-1 dcc-c1-1 dcc-c2-1 dcc-m1-2 dcc-m2-2 dcc-a1-2 dcc-a2-2 dcc-b1-2 dcc-b2-2 dcc-c1-2 dcc-c2-2 OC-3 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring Node 5 Node 4 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 27G-U 2(P) 1 2(P) 27G-U...
  • Page 410 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 LS-A-1 LS-B-1 LS-C-1 LS-D-1 DDM-2000 FiberReach DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 26-Type OLIUs MAIN-1 MAIN-2 dcc-m1 dcc-m2 Figure 3 – Example of User Side/Network Side Value Settings (OC-12 Ring) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 411 If the DDM-2000 fails to respond in the indicated manner, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001. NOTE: It is assumed that all DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves in the system have passed the looped transmission test(s). [System Turnup: NTP-016] and the host DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 ring has been established [System Turnup: NTP-022] with software to support DDM-2000 FiberReach applications.
  • Page 412 Page 2 of 14 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Verify the host DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves (for example, Figures 1, 2, 3, and 4, nodes 4 and 5) are equipped with TARP Release 13 or later ring software.
  • Page 413 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 414 FiberReach node until the final connection is made from the last FiberReach node to the remaining OC-3 or OC-12 host node. NOTE: All unused ports on the 27G-U/27G2-U OLIU must be set to nmon with the set-state-oc1 command. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 415 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I and 363-206-305, DDM-2000 FiberReach Multiplexer,...
  • Page 416 DLP-556 15. Repeat this procedure from Step 10 for all OC-1 optical spans being established in the DDM-2000 OC-3/OC-1 or OC-12/OC-1 network. Ensure that the last optical span connected to the OC-3 host shelf is connected to an OLIU in the opposite slot as the one in the first host OC-3 shelf (for example, slot 2(P) at one node and slot 1 at the other node).
  • Page 417 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Node 1 Node 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 Ring 2 Ring 1 DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring OC-3 OC-3 Node 5 Node 4 MAIN 2 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 1...
  • Page 418 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 27G-U 27G-U 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) OLIU OLIU OC-1 OC-1 DDM-2000 FiberReach MAIN 2 MAIN 1 LS-A-1 LS-B-1 LS-C-1 LS-D-1 Figure 2 – Example Dual-Homed OC-1/OC-12 Ring Configuration DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 419 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Node 1 Node 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 Ring 1 Ring 2 DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring OC-3 OC-3 Node 5 Node 4 Node 7 OC-3 OC-3 MAIN 2...
  • Page 420 MAIN 1 MAIN 1 27G-U 27G-U 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) OLIU OLIU OC-1 OC-1 DDM-2000 FiberReach MAIN 1 MAIN 2 LS-A-1 LS-B-1 LS-C-1 LS-D-1 Figure 4 – Example Dual-Homed OC-1/OC-12 Ring Configuration DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 421 Page 11 of 14 Issue 2, February 2000 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO OC-3 OC-3 OC-1 OC-1 Figure 5 – Example of User Side/Network Side Value Settings (OC-3 Ring) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 422 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 OC-1 OC-1 DDM-2000 FiberReach DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 26-Type OLIUs MAIN-1 MAIN-2 dcc-m1 dcc-m2 Figure 6 – Example of User Side/Network Side Value Settings (OC-12 Ring) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 423 NTP-044 : System Turnup 363-206-285 Page 13 of 14 Issue 2, February 2000 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring Node 5 Node 4 DDM-2000 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3 27G-U...
  • Page 424 DDM-2000 OC-12 DDM-2000 OC-12 OC-12 27G-U 27G-U 2(P) 2(P) FUNCTION UNITS FUNCTION UNITS OC-1 OC-1 26G-U 26G-U OC-1 OC-1 LS-A-1 LS-B-1 LS-C-1 LS-D-1 MAIN-1 MAIN-2 DDM-2000 FiberReach Figure 8 – Example of Dual-Homed OC-1/OC-12 Ring Configuration Connections DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 425 If the DDM-2000 fails to respond in the indicated manner, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001. NOTE: It is assumed that the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf in the system has passed the looped transmission test(s) (System Turnup: NTP-016). It is also assumed the DDM-2000...
  • Page 426 CIT and the rtrv-sync command to check the operational mode of the system. If the mode is Holdover instead of External, check that the incoming timing references are connected. Also check Mode Switching (revertive or nonrevertive) and the external DS1 Line Code/Format switch settings. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 427 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 428 Default condition for the DCC channel is "enabled". If it has been disabled, use the set-fecom: command at each shelf to enable far end communications. At each shelf, use the set-fecom:address:com=enabled command to ensure far end communications (fecom) is enabled. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 429 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual —Volume I and 363-206-305, DDM-2000 FiberReach Multiplexer,...
  • Page 430 NTP-045 : System Turnup 363-206-285 Page 6 of 8 Issue 2, February 2000 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Figure 1 – Example Stand-Alone OC3/OC1 Configuration Connections DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 431 NTP-045 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 7 of 8 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Figure 2 – Example of User Side/Network Side Value Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 432 NTP-045 : System Turnup 363-206-285 Page 8 of 8 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 433 : Circuit Order 363-206-285 Page 1 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 Release 7.1 or 7.2 to TARP Release 13 or 15 System In Service DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO...
  • Page 434 NOTE: BBF4 TG3 circuit packs cannot be mixed with BBF2/BBF2B/BBF2C TGS circuit packs in the same DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf. NOTE: If upgrading from a Release 7.1 system to a TARP Release 13 or 15 system, after the first shelf is upgraded, single...
  • Page 435 If none of the new default logins permits access to the system, the user should try one of the old default logins (ATT01, ATT02, ATT03). The default password is DDM-2000. Install new BBG8/BBG8B SYSCTL. DLP-501 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 436 11. Repeat this procedure from Step 2 for all shelves being upgraded, if not already performed. 12. After all shelves have been upgraded to new software, use the set-ne:tid=TID,rnestat=enabled,agne=yes command to designate one shelf as the AGNE, if required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 437 It is assumed that FT-2000 shelves in the system have passed local tests and the FT-2000 ring has been established. It is also assumed the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves have been equipped and tested (363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II , System Turnup: NTP-016).
  • Page 438 Release 8 or later ring software. If not equipped with Release 8 or later software, upgrade the FT-2000 OC-48 host shelf with proper software. Verify that the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves are equipped with TARP Release 13 or later ring software.
  • Page 439 If Release 13 software is installed, proceed to Step 9. Use the rtrv-oc3/set-oc3 or rtrv-oc12/set-oc12 command at the remote DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf to verify/set application (dcc) parameter for the OC-3/OC-12 MAIN slots being used for this OC-3/OC-12 linear extension. For example,...
  • Page 440 OC-3 Line Provisioning Report or OC-12 Line Provisioning Report. This report displays the provisioned configuration of OC-3 or OC-12 lines. See the Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of the rtrv-oc3: or rtrv-oc12: command format. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 441 Verify no duplicate TID settings exist. The rtrv-ne: command may be used at each shelf in the network to display settings. If duplicates exist, determine new settings and use the set-ne command to make new settings. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 442 If Sync Autoreconfiguration is enabled, the DDM-2000 shelf that will connect to the FT-2000 via the MAIN 1 should be the first of the DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 ring to connect to the FT-2000. If the DDM-2000 shelf connecting to FT-2000 via...
  • Page 443 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters.
  • Page 444 365-575-103, FT-2000 OC-48 Lightwave System, Release 8.1 Through 9.1, User/Service Manual , to establish those services. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, HDSL, T1, STS3c, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf, use the procedures in this User/Service manual to establish those services. DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 445 DDM-2000 linear 1+1 FT-2000 extension [NTP-057] DDM-2000 FT-2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3/OC-12 FT-2000 OC-48 DDM-2000 Single homing configuration [NTP-047] FT-2000 OC-3/OC-12 Dual homing configuration [NTP-048] OC-3/OC-12 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 Figure 1 – Example FT-2000 OC-48/DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Configurations DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 446 OC-3 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) FN-C MAIN 1 MAIN 2 FN-A FN-B 22-Type OLIUs dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-c dcc-b...
  • Page 447 DDM-2000 OC-12 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) MAIN 1 FN-C MAIN 2 FN-A FN-B 24/29-Type dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c OLIUs (0X1 Rings application) Figure 3 – Example of OC-12 Single Homed User Side/Network Side Value Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 448 NTP-047 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 12 of 12 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 449 It is assumed that FT-2000 shelves in the system have passed local tests and the FT-2000 ring has been established. It is also assumed the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves have been equipped and tested (363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II , System Turnup: NTP-016).
  • Page 450 TARP Release 8 or later ring software. If not equipped with Release 8 or later software, upgrade the FT-2000 OC-48 host shelves with proper software. Verify that the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves are equipped with TARP Release 13 or later ring software.
  • Page 451 If Release 13 software is installed, proceed to Step 9. Use the rtrv-oc3/set-oc3 or rtrv-oc12/set-oc12 command at the remote DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf to verify/set application (dcc) parameter for the OC-3/OC-12 MAIN slots being used for this OC-3/OC-12 linear extension. For example,...
  • Page 452 Use the rtrv-oc3: or rtrv-oc12: command to obtain the OC-3 Line Provisioning Report or OC-12 Line Provisioning Report. Use the set-oc3: or set-oc12: command to enable the Kbyte/Sbyte parameter, if required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 453 14. What Release of software is installed in the system? If Release 15 software is installed, continue with Step 15. If Release 13 software is installed, proceed to Step 16. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 454 Figure 1, OC-3 or OC-12 node 1 MAIN 1) associated with the optical span being established. At the other end of the optical span, remove the optical loop from the associated FT-2000 OLIU (for example, in Figure 2, FT-2000 LS INTFC 1A slot). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 455 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3 command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters.
  • Page 456 365-575-103, FT-2000 OC-48 Lightwave System, Release 8.1 Through 9.1, User/Service Manual , to establish those services. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, T1, HDSL, STS3c, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf, use the procedures in this User/Service manual to establish those services. DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 457 DDM-2000 linear 1+1 FT-2000 extension [NTP-057] DDM-2000 FT-2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3/OC-12 FT-2000 OC-48 DDM-2000 Single homing configuration [NTP-047] FT-2000 OC-3/OC-12 Dual homing configuration [NTP-048] OC-3/OC-12 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 Figure 1 – Example FT-2000 OC-48/DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Configurations DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 458 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 1 2(P) 1 2(P) 2(P) 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) FN-C MAIN 1 MAIN 2 FN-A FN-B 22-Type OLIUs dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-c...
  • Page 459 DDM-2000 OC-12 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) MAIN 1 FN-C MAIN 2 FN-A FN-B 24/29-Type dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c OLIUs (0X1 Rings application) Figure 3 – Example of OC-12 Dual Homed User Side/Network Side Value Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 460 NTP-048 : System Turnup 363-206-285 Page 12 of 12 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 461 NOTE: This procedure assumes that the FT-2000 OC-48 ring is in service and a new OC-3 optical span is being added between the OC-48 ring and DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 ring. See Figure 1. NOTE: If the DDM-2000 fails to respond in the indicated manner, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001.
  • Page 462 Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of the rtrv-eqpt: command format. NOTE: DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves must be connected through the FUNCTION UNITS C slots if the shelf or network is deriving timing from the OC-3 optical links to the OC-48 network. See description of the src parameter in set-sync: command in Volume I of this User/Service Manual.
  • Page 463 Use procedures in the FT-2000 User/Service Manual to Add OC-3/IS-3 Low Speed Circuit Pack(s) at the host FT-2000 shelf. (365-575-103, FT-2000 OC-48 Lightwave System, Release 8.1 Through 9.1, User/Service Manual , Add OC-3/IS-3 Low Speed Circuit Pack(s), NTP-010). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 464 14. What Release of software is installed in the system? If Release 15 software is installed, continue with Step 16. If Release 13 software is installed, proceed to Step 17. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 465 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 466 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters.
  • Page 467 365-575-103, FT-2000 OC-48 Lightwave System, Release 8.1 Through 9.1, User/Service Manual , to establish those services. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, HDSL, T1, STS3c, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf, use the procedures in this User/Service manual to establish those services. DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 468 DDM-2000 linear 1+1 FT-2000 extension [NTP-057] DDM-2000 FT-2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3/OC-12 OC-48 FT-2000 DDM-2000 Single homing configuration [NTP-047] FT-2000 OC-3/OC-12 Dual homing configuration [NTP-048] OC-3/OC-12 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 Figure 1 – Example FT-2000 OC-48/DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Configurations DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 469 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) OC-3 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) (NS) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) FN-C MAIN 1 MAIN 2 FN-A FN-B 22-Type OLIUs dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c...
  • Page 470 DDM-2000 OC-12 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) MAIN 1 MAIN 2 FN-A FN-C FN-B 24/29-Type dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-c dcc-b OLIUs (0X1 Rings application) Figure 3 – Adding New OC-3 Optical Span Extension — FT-2000/OC-12 Ring DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 471 (363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II , System Turnup: NTP-002 and NTP-020) with software to support DDM-2000 OC-3 optical line access. It is also assumed the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves have been equipped and tested, System Turnup: NTP-016.
  • Page 472 If not equipped with TARP Release 7 or later software, upgrade the DDM-2000 OC-12 host shelves with proper software. Verify that the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf is equipped with TARP Release 13 or later software. Determine the optical loss of each optical span from office records or by making the required measurements.
  • Page 473 If Release 15 software is installed, continue with Step 9. If Release 13 software is installed, proceed to Step 10. Use the rtrv-oc3/set-oc3 command at the remote DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf to verify/set application (dcc) parameter for the OC-3 MAIN slots being used for this dual-homed OC-3. For example, set-oc3:main-1,dcc=distinct and set-oc3:main-2,dcc=distinct.
  • Page 474 OC-3 lines. See the Commands and Reports section of 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual— Volume I and 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I for a description of the rtrv-oc3: command format.
  • Page 475 DDM-2000. See the Commands and Reports section of 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual— Volume I and 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I for a description of the rtrv-sync: command format.
  • Page 476 AGNE communication failure alarm. Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 477 (for example, in Figure 3, OC-12 shelf Node 5, slot FN-A-1) At the other end of the optical span being established, remove the optical loop from the associated OLIU (for example, in Figure 3, OC-3 shelf Node 7 MAIN-1 OLIU. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 478 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I and 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the...
  • Page 479 Release 7, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II to establish those services. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, T1, HDSL, STS3c, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf, use the procedures in this 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II to establish those services.
  • Page 480 OC-3 Shelf with OC-12 Optics 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) OC-3 OC-3 NODE 7 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 1 2(P) Figure 1 – Example Dual-Homed OC-3/OC-12 Ring Configuration DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 481 2(P) 21G-U 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 21G-U 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) OLIU OLIU OLIU OC-3 OC-3 Node 7 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) Figure 2 – Example Dual-Homed OC-3/OC-12 Ring Configuration DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 482 OLIU OLIU OC-3 OC-3 Node 7 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 22-Type OLIUs MAIN-1 MAIN-2 FN-A FN-B FN-C dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c Figure 3 – Example of User Side/Network Side Value Settings...
  • Page 483 OLIU OLIU OC-3 Node 7 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 22-Type OLIUs MAIN-1 MAIN-2 FN-A FN-B FN-C dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c Figure 4 – Example of User Side/Network Side Value Settings...
  • Page 484 NTP-050 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 14 of 14 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 485 (OC-3) or 21D/21D-U OLIUs (IS-3) circuit packs in all DDM-2000 OC-12 shelves and 22G-U/22G2-U/22G3-U/22G4-U OLIUs (OC-3) or 22D-U OLIUs (IS-3) circuit packs in all DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves. Existing 3STS1E and STS1E circuit packs will be replaced in this procedure with OLIU circuit packs to support OC-3/IS-3 applications.
  • Page 486 Use the rtrv-alm: command to verify that no alarms, locks, loops, or switches are present. Notify maintenance center that alarms will be generated. Upgrade software in each DDM-2000 OC-3/OC-12 shelf with a DLP-532 release that supports OC-3/IS-3 interfaces (Ring TARP Release 7 (OC-12), Ring TARP Release 13 or later (OC-3), if not already performed.
  • Page 487 "Network Side". At each DDM-2000 shelf, use the set-fecom:address:com=enabled,nsus=ns/us command to enable far-end communications (fecom) and set Network Side (ns)/User Side (us) parameters. 11. Perform optical fiber connections and verification of the optical DLP-514 facility. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 488 21D/21D-U OLIUs (IS-3) in the OC-12 node and both 22G-U/22G2-U/22G3-U/22G4-U OLIUs (OC-3) or 22D-U OLIUs (IS-3) in the OC-3 node. 20. At each DDM-2000 shelf, use the set-fecom:address:com=enabled,nsus=ns/us command to enable far-end communications (fecom) and set Network Side (ns)/User Side (us) parameters. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 489 DLP-515 example, between nodes C and H in Figure 1). 23. At the upgraded DRI nodes, use the ent-crs-sts1: or DLP-550 ent-crs-vt1: commands to make proper "drop and continue" cross-connections. 24. The upgrade is now complete. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 490 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 OLIU OLIU OLIU OLIU RT 3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 OLIU OLIU Ring 2 Ring 2 Ring 1 Ring 1 DS1, DS3, EC-1 Figure 1 – OC-3/OC-12 DRI Interworking DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 491 The audible alarm may be suppressed by depressing the ACO button. At the T1 terminating nodes, remove the DS1 signals associated with the port(s) being discontinued. (FAULT LEDs begin flashing on T1EXT circuit pack with signals removed.) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 492 (i) to auto (a) state. CAUTION: Removing the wrong cross-connection may cause service interruption. Use the rtrv-crs-( ) command to determine the proper cross-connections. From work order or rtrv-crs-( ) command, determine the cross-connections for circuit being discontinued. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 493 STS-1 cross-connect has to be converted to 28 VT1.5 cross-connects to drop DS1s at a later time. On STS-1 path-switched rings, all nodes in the ring must be provisioned as STS-1 cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 494 If all T1EXT circuit packs in a group are removed, you may remove the FUNCTION UNITS group (MXRVO) circuit packs and the protection T1EXT circuit pack, if required. 10. If FUNCTION UNITS group MXRVO circuit packs are removed, proceed to Step 12. Otherwise, continue with Step 11. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 495 DDM-2000 internal equipment list. If circuit packs have not been removed, use the set-state-t1: command to set the port state of the DS1 port(s) to auto or nmon, as required. 13. Verify all alarms are off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 496 NTP-052 363-206-285 Circuit Order: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 6 of 6 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 497 363-206-285 Page 1 of 10 Issue 2, February 2000 Establish Single-Homed OC-3 Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 Shelf Release 15 OC-12 Backbone Ring DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors may emit invisible laser radiation.
  • Page 498 Page 2 of 10 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Verify that the host DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf equipped with OC-12 DLP-531 optics is equipped with TARP Release 15 ring software. If not equipped with TARP Release 15 software, upgrade the DDM-2000 OC-12 equipped host shelf with proper software.
  • Page 499 TGS/TG3 circuit packs. NOTE: If the option switch setting is changed, an update must be done by momentarily depressing the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL after the TGS/TG3 circuit packs are reinstalled. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 500 Manual—Volume I for a description of the rtrv-oc3: command format. Use the rtrv-oc3: command to obtain the OC-3 Line Provisioning Report and verify if Kbyte/Sbyte is enabled or disabled. Use the set-oc3: command to enable or disable the Kbyte/Sbyte parameter, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 501 Verify no duplicate TID settings exist. The rtrv-ne: command may be used at each shelf in the network to display settings. If duplicates exist, determine new settings and use the set-ne: command to make new settings. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 502 Use the set-ne: command to designate the AGNE(s) and alarm group numbers, as required. NOTE: Only one remote DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf is allowed in this single-homed ring configuration. NOTE: This single-homed ring configuration requires that the FUNCTION UNITS ( ) 1 OLIU on the OC-12 shelf connect to the MAIN 1 OLIU at the first OC-3 shelf from the OC-12 shelf.
  • Page 503 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters and 824-102-144,...
  • Page 504 The single-homed DDM-2000 OC-3 access network is now ready for initial service to be established. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, HDSL, T1, STS-3c, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf, use the procedures in this 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II to establish those services.
  • Page 505 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 1 OC-12 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 1 2(P) 1 2(P) OC-3 OC-3 Node 7 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 1 2(P) Figure 1 – Example Single-Home Ring Configuration Connections DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 506 2(P) 2(P) Node 1 OC-3 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 22-Type OLIUs MAIN-1 MAIN-2 FN-A FN-B FN-C dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c Figure 2 – Example of User Side/Network Side Value Settings...
  • Page 507 363-206-285 Page 1 of 14 Issue 2, February 2000 Establish Dual-Homed OC-3 Access via DDM-2000 OC-3 Shelf Release 15 OC-12 Backbone Ring DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO WARNING: Unterminated optical connectors may emit invisible laser radiation.
  • Page 508 Page 2 of 14 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Verify that the host DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf equipped with OC-12 DLP-531 optics is equipped with TARP Release 15 ring software. If not equipped with TARP Release 15 software, upgrade the DDM-2000 OC-12 equipped host shelf with proper software.
  • Page 509 TGS/TG3 circuit packs. NOTE: If the option switch setting is changed, an update must be done by momentarily depressing the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL after the TGS/TG3 circuit packs are reinstalled. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 510 Manual—Volume I for a description of the rtrv-oc3: command format. Use the rtrv-oc3: command to obtain the OC-3 Line Provisioning Report and verify if Kbyte/Sbyte is enabled or disabled. Use the set-oc3: command to enable or disable the Kbyte/Sbyte parameter, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 511 Verify no duplicate TID settings exist. The rtrv-ne: command may be used at each shelf in the network to display settings. If duplicates exist, determine new settings and use the set-ne command to make new settings. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 512 Node 4 will then be directed toward Node 3 when cross-connections are made. In Figure 2, note that all traffic from the OC-3 shelf will be directed to Node 8 because of the slot positions that terminate the OC-3 line. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 513 (for example, in Figure 3, OC-12 shelf Node 5, slot FUNCTION UNITS A 1) At the other end of the optical span being established, remove the optical loop from the associated OLIU (for example, in Figure 3, OC-3 shelf Node 7 MAIN-1 OLIU. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 514 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters and 824-102-144,...
  • Page 515 The single-homed DDM-2000 OC-3 access network is now ready for initial service to be established. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, STS-3c, T1, HDSL, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf, use the procedures in this 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II to establish those services.
  • Page 516 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 1 OC-12 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 1 2(P) 1 2(P) OC-3 OC-3 Node 7 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 1 2(P) 2(P) Figure 1 – Example Dual-Homed OC-3/OC-12 Ring Configuration DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 517 MAIN 2 OC-12 MAIN 2 MAIN 2 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) OC-3 OC-3 Node 7 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) Figure 2 – Example Dual-Homed OC-3/OC-12 Ring Configuration DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 518 2(P) OC-3 OC-3 Node 7 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 22-Type OLIUs MAIN-1 MAIN-2 FN-A FN-B FN-C dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c Figure 3 – Example of User Side/Network Side Value Settings...
  • Page 519 2(P) 2(P) OC-3 Node 7 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 22-Type OLIUs MAIN-1 MAIN-2 FN-A FN-B FN-C dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c Figure 4 – Example of User Side/Network Side Value Settings...
  • Page 520 NTP-054 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 14 of 14 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 521 If the DDM-2000 fails to respond in the indicated manner, refer to Trouble Clearing: IXL-001. NOTE: It is assumed that all DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves in the system have passed the looped transmission test(s), System Turnup: NTP-016. Determine the network configuration (for example, see Figure 1.)
  • Page 522 Page 2 of 10 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Verify that the host DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf is equipped with TARP DLP-531 Release 15 ring software. If not equipped with TARP Release 15 software, upgrade the DDM-2000 OC-3 host shelf with proper software.
  • Page 523 TGS/TG3 circuit packs. NOTE: If the option switch setting is changed, an update must be done by momentarily depressing the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL after the TGS/TG3 circuit packs are reinstalled. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 524 Manual—Volume I for a description of the rtrv-oc3: command format. Use the rtrv-oc3: command to obtain the OC-3 Line Provisioning Report and verify if Kbyte/Sbyte is enabled or disabled. Use the set-oc3: command to enable or disable the Kbyte/Sbyte parameter, as required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 525 Verify no duplicate TID settings exist. The rtrv-ne: command may be used at each shelf in the network to display settings. If duplicates exist, determine new settings and use the set-ne command to make new settings. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 526 Figure 1, Node 5 OC-3 shelf FUNCTION UNITS A 1) associated with the optical span being established. At the other end of the optical span, remove the optical loop from the associated OLIU (for example, in Figure 1, Node 7 OC-3 shelf MAIN 1 OLIU). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 527 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters and 824-102-144,...
  • Page 528 The OC-3 linear extension is now ready for initial service to be established. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, STS-3c, T1, HDSL, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf, use the procedures in this 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II to establish...
  • Page 529 MAIN 2 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 1 2(P) 1 2(P) OC-3 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-3 Ring OC-3 OC-3 Node 5 Node 4 DDM-2000 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 1 OC-3...
  • Page 530 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 10 of 10 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) MAIN-1 MAIN-2 FN-A-1 FN-A-2 FN-B-1...
  • Page 531 Release 7, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II), System Turnup: NTP-002 and NTP-020. It is also assumed the DDM-2000 OC-3 Release 15 shelves have been equipped and tested, System Turnup: NTP-016 and the OC-3 and/or OC-12 ring has been established, as required, System Turnup: NTP-022.
  • Page 532 TARP Release 7 or Release 15 or later software, upgrade the DDM-2000 OC-12 host shelf with proper software. Verify that the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf is equipped with TARP Release 15 ring software. Determine the optical loss of each optical span from office records or by making the required measurements.
  • Page 533 TGS/TG3 circuit packs. NOTE: If the option switch setting is changed, an update must be done by momentarily depressing the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL after the TGS/TG3 circuit packs are reinstalled. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 534 OC-3 lines. See the Commands and Reports section of 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual— Volume I or 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I for a description of the rtrv-oc3: command format.
  • Page 535 DDM-2000. See the Commands and Reports section of 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual— Volume I or 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I for a description of the rtrv-sync: command format.
  • Page 536 Figure 1, Node 5 OC-12 shelf FN-A-1) associated with the optical span being established. At the other end of the optical span, remove the optical loop from the associated OLIU (for example, in Figure 1, Node 7 OC-3 shelf MAIN 1 OLIU). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 537 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I and 363-206-295, DDM-2000 OC-12 Multiplexer, TARP Release 7, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the...
  • Page 538 Manual (TOP)—Volume II to establish those services. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, STS-3c, T1, HDSL, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf, use the procedures in this 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II to establish those services.
  • Page 539 OC-3 Shelf with OC-12 Optics 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) OC-3 OC-3 NODE 7 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 1 2(P) Figure 1 – Example OC-3 Linear Extension Connections DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 540 21G-U OLIU OLIU Node 1 OC-3 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 22-Type OLIUs MAIN-1 MAIN-2 FN-A FN-B FN-C dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c FN-A-1 FN-A-2...
  • Page 541 MAIN 1 MAIN 1 OC-12 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 1 2(P) 1 2(P) OC-3 OC-3 Node 7 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 1 2(P) Figure 3 – Example OC-3 Linear Extension Configuration Connections DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 542 2(P) 2(P) Node 1 OC-3 OC-3 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 22-Type OLIUs MAIN-1 MAIN-2 FN-A FN-B FN-C dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c Figure 4 – Example of User Side/Network Side Value Settings...
  • Page 543 It is assumed that FT-2000 shelves in the system have passed local tests and the FT-2000 ring has been established. It is also assumed the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves have been equipped and tested (363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II , System Turnup: NTP-016).
  • Page 544 Release 9.1 or later ring software. If not equipped with Release 8 or later software, upgrade the FT-2000 OC-48 host shelf with proper software. Verify that the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves are equipped with TARP Release 15 ring software. Determine the optical loss of each optical span from office records or by making the required measurements.
  • Page 545 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED..FOR DETAILS, GO TO Use the rtrv-oc3/set-oc3 or rtrv-oc12/set-oc12 command at the remote DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf to verify/set application (dcc) parameter for the OC-3/OC-12 MAIN slots being used for this OC-3/OC-12 linear extension. For example,...
  • Page 546 Use the rtrv-oc3: or rtrv-oc12: command to obtain the OC-3 Line Provisioning Report or OC-12 Line Provisioning Report. Use the set-oc3: or set-oc12: command to enable the Kbyte/Sbyte parameter, if required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 547 Verify no duplicate TID settings exist. The rtrv-ne: command may be used at each shelf in the network to display settings. If duplicates exist, determine new settings and use the set-ne command to make new settings. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 548 Figure 2, OC-3/OC-12 node 2 MAIN 1) associated with the optical span being established. At the other end of the optical span, remove the optical loop from the associated FT-2000 OLIU (for example, in Figure 2, FT-2000 LS INTFC 1A slot). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 549 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters.
  • Page 550 365-575-103, FT-2000 OC-48 Lightwave System, Release 8.1 Through 9.1, User/Service Manual , to establish those services. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, STS3c, T1, HDSL, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3/OC-12 shelf, use the procedures in this User/Service manual to establish those services.
  • Page 551 DDM-2000 linear 1+1 FT-2000 extension [NTP-057] DDM-2000 FT-2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 OC-3/OC-12 FT-2000 OC-48 DDM-2000 Single homing configuration [NTP-047] FT-2000 OC-3/OC-12 Dual homing configuration [NTP-048] OC-3/OC-12 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 Figure 1 – Example FT-2000 OC-48/DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Configurations DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 552 1A 1B 2A 2B 3A 3B 7B 8A 8B (US) LS INTFC OC-3 (US) DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 OC-3 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=us) MAIN 1 FN-A FN-B FN-C 22-Type OLIUs (identical) dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c (1+1 Rings dcc-main...
  • Page 553 Passes Through OC-12 Undropped STSs MAIN 1 MAIN 2 OC-12 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) OC-3 Shelf with OC-12 Optics DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) 22-Type OLIUs FN-A FN-B FN-C (1+1) dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c MAIN 22-Type OLIUs...
  • Page 554 NTP-057 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 3, June 2001 Page 12 of 12 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 555 24-Type OLIUs to an OC-12 path protected ring network using 29-Type OLIUs in DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves only. If an OC-12 shelf is being added to the ring fibers to support single-homing the original OC-3 shelf at the CO, use the procedures of NTP-024 instead of this procedure.
  • Page 556 Page 2 of 6 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO NOTE: You may also contact Lucent Technologies to provide this in-service upgrade. Experienced Lucent Technologies installers will help you plan and execute the network upgrade.
  • Page 557 Kbyte or Sbyte sync messages. Use set-sync:auto=enabled command to enable Sync auto-reconfiguration. Enter the init-pm:reg=all command. Wait 20 seconds. Enter the rtrv-pm-line:main-all command. The current time line in the response should indicate that there are no errors. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 558 Node and the FAULT LED remains lit. 13. At the starting Node, install a 29-Type OLIU into MAIN 1 OLIU slot and reconnect optical fibers. Do not reinstall the faceplate cable connector at this time. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 559 2(P) OLIU is removed. A inc. OC-12 LOS alarm will occur at the connecting Node. 15. At the starting node, remove optical fibers from MAIN 2(P) OLIU and lift the faceplate latch, then remove MAIN 2(P) OLIU. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 560 18. Repeat Steps 7 through 17 for all Nodes until all applicable nodes have been upgraded. 19. Reconnect the X.25 cable at the GNE node if previously disconnected. Enable the RneStat parameter using the set-ne command at each node, if previously disabled. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 561 WaveStar TDM 2.5G OC-48 ring has been established. It is also assumed the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves have been equipped and tested (363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II , System Turnup: NTP-016).
  • Page 562 Release 2.0 or later software. If not equipped with Release 2.0 or later software, upgrade the WaveStar TDM 2.5G host shelf with proper software. Verify that the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves are equipped with TARP Release 15 ring software. Determine the optical loss of each optical span from office records or by making the required measurements.
  • Page 563 TGS/TG3 circuit packs. NOTE: If the option switch setting is changed, an update must be done by momentarily depressing the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL after the TGS/TG3 circuit packs are reinstalled. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 564 Use the rtrv-oc3: or rtrv-oc12: command to obtain the OC-3 Line Provisioning Report or OC-12 Line Provisioning Report. Use the set-oc3: or set-oc12: command to enable the Kbyte/Sbyte parameter, if required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 565 Verify no duplicate TID settings exist. The rtrv-ne: command may be used at each shelf in the network to display settings. If duplicates exist, determine new settings and use the set-ne command to make new settings. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 566 Figure 2, OC-3/OC-12 node 2 MAIN 1) associated with the optical span being established. At the other end of the optical span, remove the optical loop from the associated WaveStar TDM 2.5G port unit. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 567 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters.
  • Page 568 2.5G shelf, use the procedures in 365-371-102, WaveStar TDM 2.5G, User/Service Manual , to establish those services. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, STS3c, T1, HDSL, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3/OC-12 shelf, use the procedures in this User/Service manual to establish those services. DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 569 DDM-2000 TDM 2.5G OC-3/OC-12 WaveStar OC-3/OC-12 OC-48 TDM 2.5G DDM-2000 Single homing WaveStar configuration [NTP-060] OC-3/OC-12 TDM 2.5G Dual homing configuration [NTP-061] OC-3/OC-12 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 Figure 1 – Example WaveStar TDM 2.5G OC-48/DDM-2000 OC-3 Configurations DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 570 Port Unit OC-3 (NS) Node 1 DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 OC-3 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-tecom:nsus=us) MAIN 1 FN-A FN-B FN-C 22-Type OLIUs (identical) dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c (1+1 Rings dcc-main...
  • Page 571 Passes Through OC-12 Undropped STSs MAIN 1 MAIN 2 OC-12 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) OC-3 Shelf with OC-12 Optics DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=us/us 22-Type OLIUs FN-A FN-B FN-C (1+1) dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c MAIN 22-Type OLIUs...
  • Page 572 NTP-059 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 3, June 2001 Page 12 of 12 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 573 WaveStar TDM 2.5G ring has been established. It is also assumed the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves have been equipped and tested (363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II , System Turnup: NTP-016).
  • Page 574 DO ITEMS BELOW IN ORDER LISTED ..FOR DETAILS, GO TO NOTE: This procedure is used to establish a single-homed DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 ring connection to an WaveStar TDM 2.5G OC-48 ring (See Figure 1). Other configurations may have to be established to obtain your final configuration.
  • Page 575 TGS/TG3 circuit packs. NOTE: If the option switch setting is changed, an update must be done by momentarily depressing the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL after the TGS/TG3 circuit packs are reinstalled. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 576 Use the rtrv-oc3: or rtrv-oc12: command to obtain the OC-3 Line Provisioning Report or OC-12 Line Provisioning Report. Use the set-oc3: or set-oc12: command to enable the Kbyte/Sbyte parameter, if required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 577 Verify no duplicate TID settings exist. The rtrv-ne: command may be used at each shelf in the network to display settings. If duplicates exist, determine new settings and use the set-ne command to make new settings. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 578 If Sync Autoreconfiguration is enabled, the DDM-2000 shelf that will connect to the WaveStar TDM 2.5G via the MAIN 1 should be the first of the DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 ring to connect to the WaveStar TDM 2.5G. If the DDM-2000 shelf connecting to WaveStar TDM 2.5G via MAIN 2(P) is...
  • Page 579 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters.
  • Page 580 WaveStar TDM 2.5G shelf, use the procedures in 365-371-102, WaveStar TDM 2.5G, User/Service Manual , to establish those services. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, STS3c, T1, HDSL, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3/OC-12 shelf, use the procedures in this User/Service manual to establish those services.
  • Page 581 TDM 2.5G OC-3/OC-12 WaveStar OC-3/OC-12 OC-48 TDM 2.5G DDM-2000 Single homing WaveStar configuration [NTP-060] OC-3/OC-12 TDM 2.5G Dual homing configuration [NTP-061] OC-3/OC-12 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 Figure 1 – Example WaveStar TDM 2.5G OC-48/DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Configurations DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 582 OC-3 OC-3 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 2 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) FN-C MAIN 1 MAIN 2 FN-A FN-B 22-Type OLIUs dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c...
  • Page 583 DDM-2000 OC-12 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) MAIN 1 FN-C MAIN 2 FN-A FN-B 29-Type OLIUs dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-c (0X1 Rings dcc-b application) Figure 3 – Example of OC-12 Single Homed User Side/Network Side Value Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 584 NTP-060 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 12 of 12 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 585 WaveStar TDM 2.5G ring has been established. It is also assumed the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves have been equipped and tested (363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual (TOP)—Volume II , System Turnup: NTP-016).
  • Page 586 Release 2.0 or later software. If not equipped with Release 2.0 or later software, upgrade the WaveStar TDM 2.5G host shelf with proper software. Verify that the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves are equipped with TARP Release 15 ring software. Determine the optical loss of each optical span from office records or by making the required measurements.
  • Page 587 TGS/TG3 circuit packs. NOTE: If the option switch setting is changed, an update must be done by momentarily depressing the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL after the TGS/TG3 circuit packs are reinstalled. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 588 Use the rtrv-oc3: or rtrv-oc12: command to obtain the OC-3 Line Provisioning Report or OC-12 Line Provisioning Report. Use the set-oc3: or set-oc12: command to enable the Kbyte/Sbyte parameter, if required. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 589 Verify no duplicate TID settings exist. The rtrv-ne: command may be used at each shelf in the network to display settings. If duplicates exist, determine new settings and use the set-ne command to make new settings. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 590 If Sync Autoreconfiguration is enabled, the DDM-2000 shelf that will connect to the WaveStar TDM 2.5G via the MAIN 1 should be the first of the DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 ring to connect to the WaveStar TDM 2.5G. If the DDM-2000 shelf connecting to WaveStar TDM 2.5G via MAIN 2(P) is...
  • Page 591 NSAPAREA field and level 2 IS-IS routing parameters of the ent-ulsdcc-l3: command be set. See Section 11, Commands and Reports in 363-206-285, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, TARP Release 13 and Later, User/Service Manual—Volume I , for an explanation of the command parameters.
  • Page 592 WaveStar TDM 2.5G shelf, use the procedures in 365-371-102, WaveStar TDM 2.5G, User/Service Manual , to establish those services. For DS1, DS3, EC-1, STS3c, T1, HDSL, and/or LAN terminations on a DDM-2000 OC-3/OC-12 shelf, use the procedures in this User/Service manual to establish those services.
  • Page 593 TDM 2.5G OC-3/OC-12 WaveStar OC-3/OC-12 OC-48 TDM 2.5G DDM-2000 Single homing WaveStar configuration [NTP-060] OC-3/OC-12 TDM 2.5G Dual homing configuration [NTP-061] OC-3/OC-12 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 DDM-2000 Figure 1 – Example WaveStar TDM 2.5G OC-48/DDM-2000 OC-3 or OC-12 Configurations DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 594 OC-3 OC-3 MAIN 2 MAIN 2 MAIN 1 MAIN 1 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) 2(P) DDM-2000 OC-3 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) MAIN 1 FN-C MAIN 2 FN-A FN-B 22-Type OLIUs dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-b dcc-c...
  • Page 595 DDM-2000 OC-12 DCC Network Side (NS)/User Side (US) Defaults (set-fecom:nsus=ns/us) FN-C MAIN 1 MAIN 2 FN-A FN-B 29-Type OLIUs dcc-m1 dcc-m2 dcc-a dcc-c dcc-b (0X1 Rings application) Figure 3 – Example of OC-12 Single Homed User Side/Network Side Value Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 596 NTP-061 363-206-285 System Turnup: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 12 of 12 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 597 Introduction to the PC ..... Detailed Level Procedure: DLP-533 Modems - Condition and Connect... . Detailed Level Procedure: DLP-526 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 598 Test LEDs.......Detailed Level Procedure: DLP-509 Upgrade DDM-2000 OC-3 Release 7.1 or 7.2 to TARP Release 13 or 15 —...
  • Page 599 • Cross-connections • DS1 port options • DS3 port options • EC-1 port options • OC-3 line options. See the CPro-2000 Graphical User Interface and Provisioning Tool on-line user’s guide for more information on these features. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 600 NTP-002 : Operation 363-206-285 Page 2 of 2 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 601 Trouble During Network Element Program Upgrade - Clear ... . TAP-116 Trouble During IMA LAN Program Upgrade - Clear ....TAP-122 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 602 IXL-001 363-206-285 Trouble Clearing: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 2 of 2 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 603 (TAP) from Trouble Clearing: IXL-001. If the trouble cannot be corrected or identified using these procedures, the procedures direct the technician to obtain assistance because no more step-action procedural data is known for the specific trouble. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 604 When circuit packs are replaced in some sequence to clear a trouble, they should be replaced one at at time by installing the original circuit packs if they were found to be operational. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 605 Whenever you remove circuit packs from a shelf, immediately put them into static-safe packages. Try to keep relative humidity above 20 percent. 10. DDM-2000 shelves are equipped with grounding jacks for connecting static ground wrist straps. The jacks are located on the bottoms of the user panels. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 606 TAD-100 :Trouble Clearing 363-206-285 Page 4 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 607 Reference: DLP-521 NOTE: The rtrv-alm: command can be used to display a report of active DDM-2000 OC-3 alarm and status conditions. The Commands and Reports section of this manual gives a description of the command. NOTE: The Active Alarm and Status Report is output automatically following CIT log in.
  • Page 608 Alarm Level column. Use opr-aco; command to silence active audible office alarms, if required. Find the trouble description in Table A for the highest alarm level and go to the indicated step or procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 609 Failure of OLIU CP at near or far (ring, 0X1) end. Failure of OLIU CP at the far Step 27 CRITICAL. inc. OC3 line AIS CR LED lighted. end. inc. OC12 line AIS inc. OC1 line AIS See notes/footnotes at end of table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 610 (linear, 1+1) inc. STS1 sig degrade (BER) fiber. or TAP-119 (ring, 0X1) When associated with TIMING Step 14 invalid CP switches slot, timing mode switch settings on TGS/TG3 CP are invalid. See notes/footnotes at end of table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 611 (set-sync:). Default message, can be environmentn* changed. An environmental rtrv-attr- alarm point (miscellaneous discrete input) is active. command at RT to determine cause. See notes/footnotes at end of table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 612 Circuit pack inserted into slot provisioned for different circuit pack. Note: Similar descriptions of trouble may also appear in the CIT Alarm and Status Report. May be provisioned for Critical, Major, Minor or no alarm. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 613 If YES, then proceed to Step 14. If NO, then continue with Step 12. 12. Remove circuit packs from wrong slots, check option switches (DLP-513) and reinstall circuit packs into the correct slots. 13. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 614 UPD/INIT pushbutton on the SYSCTL. If the circuit pack is not to be reinserted, momentarily depress the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL to remove the circuit pack from the inventory. 20. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 615 27. Replace OLIUs at far end that are associated with the Source Address of the inc. OC3 line AIS, inc. OC12 line AIS, or inc. OC1 line AIS alarm message. Reference: DLP-523 28. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 616 TAP-101 363-206-285 Trouble Clearing: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 10 of 10 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 617 Reference: DLP-521 NOTE: The rtrv-alm: command can be used to display a report of active DDM-2000 OC-3 alarm and status conditions. The Commands and Reports section of this manual gives a description of the command. NOTE: The Active Alarm and Status Report is output automatically following CIT log in.
  • Page 618 Alarm Level column. Use opr-aco; command to silence active audible office alarms, if required. See Table A for trouble description for the highest alarm level and go to the indicated step or procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 619 20 hertz. timing obtained from a remote shelf. See notes and footnotes at end of table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 620 LAN terminating equipment. equipment. Incoming failure from the Use the inc LAN fail (from sonet) SONET side into the IMA LAN rtrv-alm: command to check incoming status alarms. See notes and footnotes at end of table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 621 VT1.5 cross-connects have Find the deleted inc. VT unequipped been deleted in upstream cross-connects equipment interfacing with the in the upstream DDM-2000 OC-3 ring. equipment. See notes and footnotes at end of table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 622 CP switches different than they were before circuit pack was removed or replaced. Circuit pack inserted into slot provisioned for different pack. See notes and footnotes at end of table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 623 MAIN command to slots in two OC-3 shelves. The disable the DCC DDM-2000 OC-3 system does on the OC-1 not support a DCC link over an interface. OC-1 line terminating on the MAIN slots between two OC-3 shelves.
  • Page 624 Note Source Address of DCC channel failure. Check optical fibers connected through the Source Address per local procedures. If no trouble found, replace near-end OLIU first then far-end OLIU. Reference: DLP-523 15. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 625 21. Is the FAULT LED on the affected circuit pack still flashing? If YES, then continue with Step 22. If NO, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. 22. Obtain a CIT and repeat this procedure. 23. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 626 If NO, then continue with Step 31. 31. Set switches to correct settings. Reference: DLP-513 32. Reinstall the SYSCTL. Is the FAULT LED still lighted? If YES, then continue with Step 33. If NO, then proceed to Step 35. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 627 If the trouble cannot be isolated by removing circuit packs, seek technical assistance and/or replace the shelf. Notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 41. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 628 UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL. If the circuit pack is not to be reinserted, momentarily depress the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL to remove the circuit pack from the inventory. 47. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 629 If YES, then proceed to Step 57. If NO, then continue with Step 55. 55. Remove circuit packs from wrong slots, check option switches (DLP-513) and reinstall circuit packs into the correct slots. 56. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 630 60. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. 61. Replace OLIUs at far end that are associated with the Source Address of the inc. OC3 line AIS or inc. OC12 line AIS alarm message. Reference: DLP-523 62. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 631 Replace the service circuit pack with the lighted FAULT LED. Reference: DLP-523 Is the FAULT LED on the circuit pack just replaced off? If YES, then continue with Step 5. If NO, then do TAP-106. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 632 12. Use CIT and the rtrv-( ) commands (rtrv-state:, rtrv-sync:, etc.) to check switching mode for inhibits, locks, etc. 13. Was any trouble found? If YES, then continue with Step 14. If NO, then do TAP-108. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 633 Use the switch-( ) commands to reset switching mode or priority. If you need assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 15. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 634 TAP-103 363-206-285 Trouble Clearing: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 4 of 4 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 635 If YES, then continue with Step 10. If NO, then proceed to Step 19. 10. Is power shelf a J1C182BA Power Shelf? If YES, then continue with Step 11. If NO, then proceed to Step 27. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 636 If NO, then proceed to Step 23. 20. Replace blown fuse or reset circuit breaker. 21. Does fuse blow or circuit breaker trip again? If YES, then proceed to Step 27. If NO, then continue with Step 22. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 637 If another power shelf or powering arrangement is used, use the appropriate documentation and wiring diagrams to locate power trouble. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 28. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 638 TAP-104 : Trouble Clearing 363-206-285 Page 4 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 639 If YES, then continue with Step 8. If NO, then proceed to Step 10. NOTE: There is an inconsistent combination of alarms and diagnostic indications. Refer to TAP-108 and determine the true status of the system. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 640 If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then continue with Step 17. NOTE: The failure is not in the circuit pack just replaced. Refer to TAP-106 to isolate and clear the failure. 18. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 641 If YES, then continue with Step 8. If NO, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. Have both MXRVO (STS1E) circuit packs been unseated and reseated? If YES, then proceed to Step 10. If NO, then continue with Step 9. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 642 Unseat and reseat SYSCTL circuit pack. Do not depress UPD/INIT button. 16. Is the FAULT LED on the affected circuit pack still lighted? If YES, then continue with Step 17. If NO, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 643 Check for bent or broken pins, shorted pins, etc. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 20. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 644 TAP-106 363-206-285 Trouble Clearing: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 4 of 4 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 645 Source Date Time Description Level Address Detected ============================================================= MINOR farend MM-DD HH:MM:SS SiteXNE1 MINOR farend MM-DD HH:MM:SS SiteYNE1 ------------------------------------------------------------- ne-acty m1-1-1-1 MM-DD HH:MM:SS inc. VT AIS Figure 1 – Example of Active Alarms and Status Report DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 646 Table A – Trouble Conditions Alarm Level CRITICAL TAP-101 MAJOR TAP-102 MINOR TAP-112 ne-acty TAP-117 PWR MINOR (PMN) TAP-104 abnormal (ABN) TAP-109 STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. Use the rtrv-nmap/rtrv-map-network command to get a network map report. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 647 Use the rtrv-alm: command at the far-end DDM-2000 system to get a report of status and alarms. See Table B for a detailed description of the messages in the Active Alarms and Status Report. For systems other than DDM-2000 OC-3, FT-2000 OC-48, DDM-2000 FiberReach, DDM-2000 ® OC-12, and SLC -2000, etc., use the User/Service Manual for that system for...
  • Page 648 Issue 2, February 2000 Page 4 of 28 Repeat this procedure from Step 3 for the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf you are now logged into. Remember that when the procedures refer to local it is now the shelf from which you are getting the Active Alarms and Status Report.
  • Page 649 Likely causes: An unprotected OC-3 line failure in the subnetwork, a controller failure, reset, or initialization on another shelf, section DCC channel failure on this or another shelf, or failure of the OHCTL circuit pack. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 650 (NE) detects that dormant software exists on the NE with a release number that does not match the release number of the executing software. MJ or MN Internal equipment failure of the specified DS1 DS1 CP failed circuit pack. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 651 A loopback (toward the optical fiber) is active on EC1 loopback (to fiber) the specified EC1 port. (See opr-lpbk-ec1: and rls-lpbk-ec1: commands.) A loopback (toward the STSX-1) is active on the EC1 loopback (to DSX) specified EC1 port. (See opr-lpbk-ec1: and rls-lpbk-ec1: commands.) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 652 Likely causes: Filter needs replacing, a fan pack failed, a fan pack has lost one or both power feeders, or the fan shelf control board has failed. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 653 (4) the system is provisioned for loop-timed operation and the optical line or OLIU circuit pack has failed, or a message indicating an upstream clock problem has been received on the sync message bits of the optical line (rtrv-sync: command) or DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 654 (towards the DSX-1). MJ or MN The bit error ratio (BER) in the DS1 inc. DS1 sync. ref. BER –3 synchronization reference signal exceeds 10 Likely causes: Failure of upstream equipment or facility (towards the DSX-1). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 655 At least 128 consecutive zeros were detected in inc. (from DSX) DS3 LOS MN, or the DS3 signal received from the DSX-3. None Likely causes: Equipment failed or removed at DSX-3, DS3 input disconnected at the DSX-3, or at the DDM-2000 backplane. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 656 Likely cause: Failure of the STS1E or equivalent circuit pack at the far end, failure of the STS1E or equivalent circuit pack at the near end, failure of the incoming cable, or a cable disconnect at the STSX-1 or shelf connector. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 657 If the IMA LAN circuit pack is in LOW SPEED GROUP-A-1 and LOW SPEED GROUP-A-2 and the LAN interface fails, this alarm is created, and ONLY the first port address a-1 is used; even if multiple cross-connected channels already exist on the circuit pack. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 658 Upstream SONET or DS1 facility failures would normally mask this message with a inc. DS1 sync. ref. AIS or inc. DS1 sync. ref. LOF alarm. Failure of an upstream ATM switch in the path could also produce this message. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 659 IMA termination or a crossconnect provisioning error. Upstream SONET or DS1 facility failures would normally mask this message with a inc. DS1 sync. ref. AIS or inc. DS1 sync. ref. LOF alarm. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 660 IMA group into the operational state. This message has the source address of an IMA LAN port (e.g. a-1). Likely causes: The near-end or far-end IMA termination may need a provisioning change to achieve mutually acceptable configuration parameters. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 661 IMA Group into the operational mode. The IMA LAN circuit pack requires only one good link to transition into operational mode. This message has the source address of an IMA LAN port (e.g. a-1). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 662 OC-3 line. This may be caused by failure of the OLIU circuit pack at the near end, the OLIU circuit pack at the far end, or the transmit fiber on the specified line. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 663 OC-12 line. This may be caused by failure of the OLIU circuit pack at the near end, the OLIU circuit pack at the far end, or the transmit fiber on the specified line. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 664 STS-1 yellow toward the fiber from which the AIS is being received. Likely causes: Incomplete or incorrect cross-connect provisioning in an end-to-end network. Unprotected removal or failure of a DS3, MXRVO, or OLIU circuit pack at the far end, or unprotected optical line failure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 665 STS1 sig degrade (BER) (BER) of the specified STS-1 signal exceeds the user-provisioned signal degrade threshold. Likely cause: Failure at a fiber or failure of an OLIU circuit pack at some point in the STS-1 path. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 666 DS1 circuit pack at the far end, unprotected failure of a MXRVO circuit pack at the near end, or unprotected failure of a MXRVO circuit pack at the far end. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 667 (See the set-fecom: command.) This message occurs when TL1 autonomous alarm inhibit auto. OS messages reporting is inhibited by the TL1 INH-MSG command. This message is cleared by enabling autonomous message reporting with the TL1 ALW-MSG command. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 668 LOW SPEED GROUP will be allowed to switch to protection. The lockout will remain in effect until the protection switch is reset. (See the switch-ls: command.) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 669 IMA LAN software download (cpy-prog: or remote ins-prog:) into another Network Element. The initiating of the apply: command for the IMA LAN software will cause this event as well. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 670 CR or MN Internal equipment failure of the specified TG3 TG3 CP failed circuit pack or the systems at both ends of the span are line timed from each other. CR or MN Internal equipment failure of the specified TMUX TMUX CP failed circuit pack. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 671 TGS/TG3 circuit pack was replaced, The DS1 format or line coding switches on the TGS/TG3 circuit pack are not the same as they were before the TGS/TG3 circuit pack was replaced. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 672 OC-1 line terminating on the MAIN slots between two OC-3 shelves. Failure in the X.25 communication channel. X.25 communication failure Likely causes: Failure of the X.25 communication equipment or failure at the OS. Trademark of Harris Corporation. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 673 Unseat and reseat SYSCTL circuit pack. Do not depress UPD/INIT button. Is trouble still present? If YES, then proceed to Step 9. If NO, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. Use the CIT and reset command to reset SYSCTL. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 674 COMMANDS AND REPORTS section of this manual under RTRV-ALM for a description of each message retrieved with the rtrv-alm: command. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 12. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 675 For example, clearing the abnormal condition manual sync. mode switch may cause an excessive holdover MJ alarm to clear. Refer to Task Index IXL-001 for procedure to clear the indicated alarm. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 676 MM-DD HH:MM:SS nsa DS1 loopback). /* Active Alarms and Status Report ============================================================= Alarm Source Date Time Description Level Address Detected ============================================================= abnormal a-1-1 MM-DD HH:MM:SS DS1 loopback ------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 1 – Example of Active Alarms and Status Report DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 677 DS3 loopback (to DSX) EC1 loopback opr-lpbk-ec1 EC1 loopback (to Fiber) rls-lpbk-ec1 EC1 loopback (to DSX) DS1 trmsn test IP test-trmsn-t1 DS3 trmsn test IP test-trmsn-t3 auto turnup test IP test-auto inhibit auto. OS messages INH-MSG ALW-MSG DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 678 16. Use the rtrv-alm: command to determine if there are other conditions causing the ABN alarm. See Table A. 17. See Table A. Does the rtrv-alm: command report any other abnormal conditions. If NO, then do TAP-108. If YES, then repeat this procedure from Step 6. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 679 T1EXT circuit pack, issue trouble report of bad incoming signal at input to DS1/DS1PM or T1EXT circuit pack with flashing LED(s). If LED is not flashing on protection DS1/DS1PM or T1EXT circuit pack, replace service DS1/DS1PM or T1EXT circuit pack [DLP-523]. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 680 DS3/EC-1 signal from DSX-3 (STSX) cross-connect point. If LED is not flashing on protection DS3/STS1E, replace service DS3/STS1E circuit pack [DLP-523]. With a CIT, use the command rtrv-alm: to verify the alarm. 11. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 681 This may be done by noting LED indications at both ends of the system or using a CIT at the far-end terminal to log in and using the rtrv-alm: and rtrv-state-eqpt: commands to check the far-end status. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 682 Remove optical fibers from circuit packs, if connected, then remove circuit pack(s) from wrong slot(s). Check option switch setting (DLP-513), and install circuit pack(s) into correct slot(s). Reconnect optical fibers (DLP-514). STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 683 CP switches, etc.) or flashing (inc. OC3 LOS, LOF, sig. failed, etc.) on only ONE OLIU at either near end or far end? If YES, then continue with Step 15. If NO, then proceed to Step 24. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 684 20. Did trouble clear? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then continue with Step 21. 21. Is FAULT LED lighted or flashing? If FLASHING, then continue with Step 22. If LIGHTED, then do TAP-106. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 685 Local procedures may require you to check optical fibers first before replacing OLIUs. Replace OLIUs with lighted FAULT LEDs. Reference: DLP-523 28. Did trouble clear? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then continue with Step 29. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 686 OLIUs, perform the switch then replace circuit packs with lighted FAULT LEDs. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 33. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 687 ------------------------------------------------------------- ne-acty m2-1 MM-DD HH:MM:SS inc. STS1 yellow ne-acty m2-2 MM-DD HH:MM:SS inc. STS1 yellow ne-acty main-2 MM-DD HH:MM:SS inc. OC3 FERF Figure 1 – Example of Active Alarms and Status Report DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 688 Alarm Level column. Use opr-aco; command to silence active audible office alarms, if required. Find the trouble description in Table A for the highest alarm level and go to the indicated step or procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 689 When associated with FUNCTION Change circuit pack UNITS slot C, CP type does not type or change support the current provisioned timing options sync. parameters. See notes/footnotes at the end of this table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 690 MN LED lighted. Telemetry output common is not Step 8 fan control relay failed FAULT LED grounded. SYSCTL CP failed. lighted on SYSCTL CP See notes/footnotes at the end of this table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 691 MXRVO or DS3 CP at far end. If failure on only one OC-1 line: TAP-119 Failure of OLIU CP at near or far (ring, 0X1) end. See notes/footnotes at the end of this table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 692 EC1 LOF flashing on inc. STS1 LOP EC1 STS1E CP inc. EC1 LOS inc. EC1 sig degrade (BER) inc. EC1 line AIS See notes/footnotes at the end of this table. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 693 Find the deleted inc. STS1 unequipped been deleted in upstream cross-connect in the equipment interfacing with the upstream equipment. DDM-2000 OC-3 ring. Incomplete or incorrect TAP-120 inc. VT AIS cross-connect provisioning in end-to-end network; unprotected removal or failure of DS1/DS1PM CP at far end.
  • Page 694 If NO, then continue with Step 7. Is the FAULT LED lighted (not flashing) on the faceplate of one and only one circuit pack of the DDM-2000? If YES, then continue with Step 8. If NO, then proceed to Step 11. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 695 DS1/DS1PM or T1EXT circuit pack with flashing LED(s). If LED is not flashing on protection DS1/DS1PM or T1EXT circuit pack, replace service DS1/DS1PM or T1EXT circuit pack [DLP-523]. 14. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 696 If YES, then continue with Step 23. If NO, then proceed to Step 25. 23. Is POWER ON LED lighted on fan shelf? If YES, then continue with Step 24. If NO, then go to TAP-118. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 697 27. Did fuse blow again? If YES, then proceed to Step 29. If NO, then continue with Step 28. 28. Is MINOR alarm cleared? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then proceed to Step 31. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 698 If YES, then proceed to Step 34. If NO, then continue with Step 32. 32. Remove circuit packs from wrong slots, check option switches (DLP-513) and reinstall circuit packs into the correct slots. 33. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 699 UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL or use the upd command. If the circuit pack is not to be reinserted, momentarily depress the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL or use the upd command to remove the circuit pack from the inventory. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 700 45. Use CIT and reset command to reset SYSCTL at the near end or unplug and reseat the SYSCTL. 46. Is the FAULT LED on the OHCTL circuit pack still flashing (section DCC channel failed)? If YES, then continue with Step 47. If NO, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 701 53. Replace OLIUs at far end that are associated with the Source Address of the inc. OC3 line AIS, inc. OC12 line AIS, or inc. OC1 line AIS alarm message. Reference: DLP-523 54. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 702 TAP-112 363-206-285 Trouble Clearing: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 16 of 16 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 703 Unseat and reseat SYSCTL circuit pack. Do not depress UPD/INIT button. Is the MN alarm LED still lighted, after about 1 minute? If YES, then continue with Step 8. If NO, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 704 Alarm and Status Report? If YES, then continue with Step 13. If NO, then proceed to Step 26. 13. Refer to Table A. Note the suspected trouble and go to the indicated step or procedure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 705 177A Retainer Card in the same group will result in a loss of service to the protected DS1 and the removed DS1 circuit pack. Replace DS1 service circuit pack locked onto protection. Reference: DLP-523 16. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 706 (DLP-513). If switch settings are to be changed from what they were previously, update the equipment list by momentarily depressing the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL after the circuit pack is reinstalled. 25. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 707 Check for broken or bent pins, shorted pins, etc. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 32. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 708 TAP-113 : Trouble Clearing 363-206-285 Page 6 of 6 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 709 Measure voltage at –48B and GND and –48L and GND jacks on the LDU faceplate. Does voltage measure between –42 and –58 volts? If YES, then continue with Step 9. If NO, then proceed to Step 18. Use SD-7C119 to check wiring between 337A BATTERY CHARGER and batteries. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 710 16. Replace 337A BATTERY CHARGER and proceed to Step 17. 17. Did alarm clear? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then proceed to Step 23. 18. Use DMM to measure voltage at battery shelf jacks J5 (+BAT) and J6 (–BAT). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 711 If NO, then proceed to Step 30. 27. Replace FAN H and FAN L fuses on corresponding BFU. 28. Does alarm clear? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then continue with Step 29. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 712 37. Replace one of the 336 RECTIFIERs. 38. Does alarm clear? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then continue with Step 39. 39. Reinstall original 336A RECTIFIER. 40. Replace second 336A RECTIFIER. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 713 If NO, then continue with Step 42. 42. Reinstall original 336A RECTIFIER. 43. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 44. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 714 TAP-114 363-206-285 Trouble Clearing: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 6 of 6 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 715 If YES, then continue with Step 7. If NO, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. CAUTION: Replacing the SYSCTL involves updating the internal memory on the circuit pack. Replace the SYSCTL (DLP-501) and repeat the LED test. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 716 The DDM-2000 has a printed backplane and cannot be repaired in the field. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 10. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 717 OC-3 shelf) or Controller type (for example, ring software prior to Release 9 into BBG8/BBG8B and BBG9 controllers. Find compatible software. If you need assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 718 10. Determine reason SYSCTL or OHCTL is not installed. The SYSCTL and OHCTL must be installed to upgrade program. Reinstall the SYSCTL and OHCTL and repeat the program installation procedure. 11. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 719 DDM-2000 may have automatically reset and restarted its old program. A new attempt must be made to install the program. Check PC COM( ) port to CIT connection. Check PC disk drive and floppy diskette. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 720 "P" appears in the FE ID display. Release buttons and repeat the download procedure. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 16. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 721 Reference: DLP-532 22. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. 23. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 24. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 722 TAP-116 : Trouble Clearing 363-206-285 Page 6 of 6 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 723 MM-DD HH:MM:SS nsa inc. VT AIS). /* Active Alarms and Status Report ============================================================= Alarm Source Date Time Description Level Address Detected ============================================================= ne-acty m2-1-1-1 MM-DD HH:MM:SS inc. VT AIS ------------------------------------------------------------- Figure 1 – Example of Active Alarms and Status Report DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 724 Note the trouble indication in the Description column of the Active Alarm and Status Report. Find the trouble description in Table A and perform the indicated repair procedure(s). STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 725 (from DSX) DS3 OOF The system detects a DS3 out-of-frame condition in MUX direction (coming from DSX-3) for the specified DS3 signal. This alarm is applicable to the BBG20 TMUX circuit pack only. Likely causes: An OOF DS3 signal inc. to the DSX-3 at the far end. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 726 The far end is detecting VT AIS or VT LOP and inserting VT yellow inc. VT yellow in its transmit signal. Likely causes: Unprotected unidirectional failure of a circuit pack or fiber at some point in the end-to-end path. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 727 If YES, then continue with Step 3. If NO, then proceed to Step 7. Reset circuit breakers (depress pins). Did circuit breakers trip again? If YES, then continue with Step 5. If NO, then proceed to Step 35. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 728 If YES, then proceed to Step 13. 11. Trouble in one of the power feeders. Check office battery distribution fuse panel for blown fuses. Check power feeders to fan shelf. 12. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 729 Service interruption and/or circuit pack failure may occur if fan shelf is not replaced. 19. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. 20. Is FILTER REPLACE LED lighted on fan shelf? If YES, then continue with Step 21. If NO, then proceed to Step 33. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 730 Page 4 of 8 NOTE: The fan filter is located on the bottom of the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf that is installed immediately below the fan shelf. It is held in place by magnetic strips. To remove the filter, simply pull it out. To install a filter, insert the filter, with magnetic strips facing up, into the bottom cavity of the shelf.
  • Page 731 Remove 2 screws holding fan in place. Slide out old fan and install new one. Reinstall screws and connect fan cable. Trouble is in fan pack associated with lighted LED. Replace ED-8C733-30, G6 fan pack. Reference: DLP-548 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 732 35. Momentarily depress the ALARM RESET button to reset alarms. 36. Verify that all fan shelf alarm LEDs are extinguished and no circuit breakers are tripped. 37. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. Figure 1 – DDM-2000 Fan Shelf — Front Cover Removed DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 733 TAP-118 : Trouble Clearing 363-206-285 Page 7 of 8 Issue 2, February 2000 Figure 2 – DDM-2000 Fan Shelf — Air Flow Sensor Location DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 734 TAP-118 363-206-285 Trouble Clearing: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 8 of 8 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 735 OC3 LOS, inc. OC12 LOS, or inc. OC1 LOS, etc. to see if circuit pack is removed or failed. Was OLIU(s) removed or being replaced or installed when alarm occurred? If YES, then continue with Step 2. If NO, then proceed to Step 8. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 736 If NO, then proceed to Step 11. Replace OLIU with lighted FAULT LED. Reference: DLP-523 10. Is FAULT LED still lighted (OLIU CP failed) on OLIU? If YES, then do TAP-106. If NO, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 737 13. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. 14. For technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 15. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 738 TAP-119 : Trouble Clearing 363-206-285 Page 4 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 739 Use the rlgn command, if possible, or have the central maintenance center login to the other terminating shelf, then use the rtrv-crs-sts1: command to determine if the time slot identified in Step 2 is cross-connected as specified in circuit layout or other office records. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 740 (DRI), look for missing cross-connections in the other subnetworks. 10. At any shelves with missing cross-connects use the ent-crs-sts1: command to provision the pass-through cross-connect (for example, m-1 to c-1). 11. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 741 If the shelves are not properly equipped, install circuit packs as required. 18. Have all indications of VT AIS cleared? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then continue with Step 19. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 742 22. Use the rtrv-alm: command to see if alarms have cleared. 23. Did alarms clear? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then continue with Step 24. 24. Repeat this procedure from Step 19 to look for other missing cross-connections. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 743 If BBG8, then continue with Step 8. If BBG8B, then proceed to Step 11. Are frame ground and battery return feeders at the same potential? If NO, then continue with Step 9. If YES, then proceed to Step 11. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 744 If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then continue with Step 13. CAUTION: Replacing the SYSCTL involves updating the internal memory on the circuit pack. Replace the SYSCTL (DLP-501). 14. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 745 (i.e. installing IMA LAN software into an OC-3 shelf running Release 13.0). If you need assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 746 If YES, then proceed to Step 12. If NO, then continue with Step 10. 10. Determine reason SYSCTL or OHCTL is not installed. Reinstall the SYSCTL and OHCTL and repeat the program installation procedure. 11. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 747 Disconnect PC and repeat program installation procedure. Use your backup diskettes containing new generic program, if available. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 16. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 748 Reference: DLP-532 22. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. 23. If you need technical assistance, notify your supervisor, your local technical support organization, or call Lucent Technologies RTAC, per local operating instructions. 24. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M...
  • Page 749 OHCTL and SYSCTL when the SYSCTL is installed. NOTE: When the OHCTL is installed, the FAULT LED will light and remain lighted until the SYSCTL is installed. Install OHCTL into AUXCTL slot. Response: FAULT LED lights. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 750 DLP-500 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 2 of 2 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 751 If REPLACING BBG5, then proceed to Step 4. Remove and inspect circuit pack being replaced for proper option switch settings. Set option switches on the replacement BBG8/BBG8B SYSCTL the same as the original. See Figure 1. Proceed to Step 7. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 752 S2-8 to OFF. Figure 1 – BBG8/BBG8B SYSCTL Option Settings NOTE: Steps 8 and 9 must be performed without unnecessary delays. Familiarize yourself with these steps before continuing with the procedure. Read Steps 8 and 9 before proceeding. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 753 LED goes off after approximately 30 seconds. Approximately 1 minute and 45 seconds after the ABN LED goes off, the CR LED on the User Panel flashs again. DO NOT depress UPD/INIT pushbutton again when the CR LED flashes. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 754 Find circuit packs with compatible software and repeat this procedure, or install new software using the procedures of DLP-532. C. FE ID Display Blank: Indicates compatible software is installed in OHCTL and SYSCTL. Proceed to Step 15. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 755 Indicates SYSCTL faceplate latch is not fully seated. Unplug SYSCTL and repeat this procedure properly seating the faceplate latch. Flashing Letter "L" in FE ID Display: Indicates a low voltage condition (brownout) on the shelf. Clear trouble using Trouble Clearing: TAP-121. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 756 SYSCTL to force it to run the current software. After the current software is up and running (no alarm LEDs lighted or you can log into the shelf), reinstall the TGS/TG3 circuit pack in TIMING slot 1. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 757 If you are using this procedure to replace a SYSCTL that was already in service, there may have been some options set using the craft interface terminal (CIT). Refer to DLP-512 and set any required options. 17. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 758 DLP-501 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 8 of 8 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 759 Set switch S1 to mode of operation required (HIGH-SPEED MODE or LOW-SPEED MODE). Table A – STS1E LBO Settings Cable Length (Ft) 734A Cable 735A Cable LBO Setting 0 to 225 0 to 125 LBO IN >225 to 450 >125 to 250 LBO OUT DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 760 FAULT LED on the STS1E lights for about 20 seconds then goes off. ACTIVE LED remains off. Repeat this procedure from Step 1 for each pair of BBG6 STS1E circuit packs to be installed. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 761 When the NE is provisioned for line timing or with the DS1 output in SYNC OUT mode, the assumption is that the NE is deriving its timing from the optical interface shared between the two NE’s. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 762 PRS on the network. If automatic synchronization reconfiguration is supported and enabled in a system, the NE 2 system will attempt to switch to another better quality line timing source, if available. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 763 BITS in that CO. The NE provisioned for External - Mult timing could use its DS1 output to distribute its incoming DS1 timing reference to other shelves in the bay to conserve ports on the BITS. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 764 The DS1 output generated by each NE is regenerated from the input DS1 timing reference and could be used to distribute this reference to other shelves colocated in the same bay to conserve ports on the BITS. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 765 NOTE: To set switch to ON, depress rocker or slide switch toward side labeled ON in the figure. To set switch to OFF, depress rocker or slide switch toward side labeled OFF in the figure. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 766 TGS circuit pack being installed. Table C – BBF2 TGS Timing Mode Switch Setting Switch S1 Settings Timing Mode S1-3 S1-4 Free Running DS1 External, MULT Mode Line Timed Invalid Figure 1 – BBF2 TGS Option Switch DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 767 Line Timing, SYNC OUT Mode † DS1 External, SYNC OUT Mode Invalid Invalid Invalid * Factory default. † Main OLIU is default; FUNCTION UNIT C by set-sync command. Figure 2 – BBF2B/BBF2C TGS or BBF4 TG3 Option Switches DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 768 Refer to Table F and set the DS1 line coding and frame format as required for the TGS/TG3 circuit pack. See Figures 1 and 2. Table F – TGS/TG3 DS1 Line Coding and Frame Format Switch Settings Switch Switch DS1 Line Code S1-1 DS1 Frame Format S1-2 B8ZS DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 769 TGS/TG3 circuit pack installed. After the TGS/TG3 tests good, the FAULT LED goes off. Install first TGS/TG3 in TIMING slot 1. Response: FAULT LED on the TGS/TG3 lights. ACTIVE LED lights. FAULT LED goes off after about 15 seconds. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 770 If the NE ACTY LED on the User Panel remains on, use the CIT command rtrv-sync to verify that the operational mode of the system is External. If the operational mode is Holdover, check the DS1 timing references. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 771 The red FAULT LED flashes when no signal is present to the OLIUs. NOTE: When using the following procedures to install the OLIUs, if the responses are not correct, check the connections. If the connections are correct, replace the OLIU that has the wrong response. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 772 Issue 2, February 2000 Page 2 of 4 NOTE: In a Stand-Alone DDM-2000 OC-1 ring application, the DDM-2000 OC-3 FiberReach host requires 26G2-U, 27G-U or 27G2-U OLIUs be installed in the MAIN slots. The single-homed DDM-2000 OC-3/FiberReach ring configuration requires that the FUNCTION UNITS-( )-1 OLIU on the OC-3 host shelf connect to the MAIN-1 OLIU at the first FiberReach shelf from the OC-3 host shelf.
  • Page 773 Verify that the OC12 connector failed alarm has cleared. Have all required OLIUs been installed? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then repeat this procedure for all OLIUs being installed. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 774 DLP-504 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 4 of 4 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 775 The 22D-U, 22G-U, 24G-U/24H-U, 26G2-U, 27G-U/27G2-U, and 29G-U/29H-U OLIU requires a 10 dB LBO when it is looped on itself. Which OLIUs are being looped? If 22F/22F-U/22F2-U/22G2-U/22G3-U/22G4-U, then proceed to Step 2. If 22D-U/22G-U/24G-U/24H-U/26G2-U/27G-U/27G2-U/29G-U/29H-U, then proceed to Step 7. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 776 Replace the 0 dB LBO on the 22F-U, 22F2-U, 22G2-U, 22G3-U, or 22G4-U OLIUs with a 0 dB LBO with a ST or FCPC connector on the MAIN 1 or FUNCTION UNITS-( )-1 OLIUs, if required (Table A). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 777 DLP-505 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 3 of 8 Issue 2, February 2000 Figure 1 – ST -Type Universal Buildout Figure 2 – FC/PC-Type Universal Buildout DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 778 SM-SM & MM-MM None A3070 106795354 SM-SM & MM-MM None A3080 106795404 FC/PC SM-SM & MM-MM None Table B – Single-Mode Lightguide Jumpers Code Comcode Length (Feet) Connectors FS1EP-EP-2 107149494 ST-ST LS1SC-SC-2 106908247 SC-SC LS1FP-FP-10 106593825 FCPC-FCPC DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 779 26G2-U , 27G-U/27G2-U , or 29G-U/29H-U OLIU is looped on itself (Table C). NOTE: It may take from 15 seconds to 3 minutes and 25 seconds for the FAULT LEDs to stop flashing, depending on the setting of the signal degrade threshold (–5 to –9). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 780 Table D – Single-Mode Lightguide Jumpers Code Comcode Length (Feet) Connectors FS1E-E-2 105357727 ST-ST LS1SC-SC-2 106908247 SC-SC LS1FP-FP-10 106593825 FCPC-FCPC Table E – Multimode Lightguide Jumpers Code Comcode Length (Feet) Connectors FL1E-E-2 105351795 ST-ST LL1SC-SC-2 106908668 SC-SC LL1FC-FC-10 106095549 FC-FC DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 781 Clean connectors and repeat Step 10. If responses are still not correct, replace OLIU. It may take 1 minute or more for LEDs and alarms to stabilize after the OLIU(s) are looped. 11. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 782 DLP-505 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 8 of 8 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 783 FAULT LED on protection MXRVO lights for about 13 seconds then goes off. ACTIVE LED remains off. Repeat this procedure from Step 1 for each BBG2/BBG2B MXRVO circuit pack being installed. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 784 DLP-506 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 2 of 2 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 785 Refer to Table A and Figures 1 and 2. Install the DS3 option jumpers per Table A. Table A – DS3 LBO Settings Cable Length (Ft) 735A 734A 1735006A LBO Setting 0 to 225 0 to 125 LBO IN >225 to 450 >125 to 250 LBO OUT DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 786 DLP-507 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 2 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 Figure 1 – BBG4/BBG4B/BBG19 DS3 LBO Option Settings Figure 2 – BBG20 TMUX Option Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 787 FAULT LED on the DS3/TMUX lights for about 20 seconds then goes off. ACTIVE LED remains off. Repeat this procedure from Step 1 for each pair of DS3/TMUX circuit packs to be installed. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 788 Seat BBG19 DS3 circuit packs in FUNCTION UNITS group slots A ( ), B ( ) or C ( ) being equipped. Response: FAULT LED on the BBG19 DS3 lights for about 20 seconds then goes off. ACTIVE LED lights on BBG19 DS3 circuit pack. 10. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 789 >1.2 to 1.8 >400 to 533 >270 to 360 >1.8 to 2.4 >533 to 655 >360 to 450 >2.4 to 2.8 Note: Invalid switch settings will cause the FAULT LED to light and a DS1 CP failed alarm. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 790 DS1/DS1PM circuit pack. Seat DS1/DS1PM circuit pack in required slot of LOW SPEED group being equipped. Response: FAULT LED on DS1/DS1PM circuit pack lights and may remain lighted for about 40 seconds and then goes off. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 791 Install protection DS1/DS1PM circuit pack into slot 8(P) of low-speed group being equipped. Install 177A Retainer Cards into all unequipped service DS1 LOW SPEED slots in groups equipped with MXRVO and protection DS1/DS1PM circuit packs. 10. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 792 DLP-508 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 4 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 793 LEDs are updated to show the current status of the system. Did LED test pass? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then proceed to Step 7. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 794 If YES, then continue with Step 8. If NO, then do Trouble Clearing: TAP-115. Record the circuit pack(s) (LEDs) that failed the LED test and return to the procedure that sent you here. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 795 When this procedure is used to do end-to-end tests, one DDM-2000 shelf will be referred to as the near end and the other shelf as the far end. These designations are arbitrary; either shelf can be the near-end or the far-end shelf. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 796 DS1 circuit being tested, as required. Are you using CIT and test-trmsn-t1: command to perform this test? If YES, then continue with Step 5. If NO, then proceed to Step 21. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 797 Use the rlgn command to log in to the far-end shelf and use the opr-lpbk-t1:address, opr-lpbk-ec1:address, or opr-lpbk-t3:address command to loop back the DS1, EC-1, DS3, or T1 port(s) at the far end. Use logout or toggle (ctrl t) command to return control of CIT to near end. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 798 DLP-510 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 4 of 8 Figure 1 – Transmission Test of DS1 Signal in MUX Direction Figure 2 – Transmission Test of DS1 Signal in DEMUX Direction DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 799 = direction of the test. If dirn=demux, direction is toward DSX. = duration of the test in minutes (1-120); default is 1. 11. Was the test successful (error free)? If YES, then continue with Step 12. If NO, then proceed to Step 34. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 800 OLIU must be in place. If end-to-end tests are being performed, at the far-end DSX-1, STSX, DSX-3, or T1 interface cross-connect point associated with the DDM-2000 being tested, connect a patch cord from the OUT jack to the IN jack for the DS1 channel to be tested. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 801 31. At the near-end (and the far-end) DDM-2000, momentarily depress the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL to update the SYSCTL. 32. Repeat this procedure from Step 21 for any additional DS1 circuits to be tested. 33. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 802 Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 to isolate the trouble. If no alarms or indications are present and a CIT is available, use the RETRIEVE commands (for example, rtrv-alm, rtrv-hsty, etc.) to check for other trouble indications. 42. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 803 NOTE: A CIT is required for this test if manual cross-connections have to be made at any shelf. Is a CIT available? If YES, then continue with Step 2. If NO, then proceed to Step 3. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 804 Work orders, office records, or CIT ent-crs-sts1 or rtrv-crs-sts1 commands may be used to make or verify STS-1 cross-connections. At each shelf in the network, make/verify that proper STS-1 cross-connections have been made for each DS3 channel being tested. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 805 (Crtl T) command to return control of CIT to near end. Are you doing this test in the mux or demux direction? If MUX direction, then continue with Step 8. If DEMUX direction, then proceed to Step 10. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 806 If NO, then proceed to Step 35. 10. See Figure 2. At the near-end DSX-3 cross-connection associated with the DDM-2000 being tested, connect a patch cord from the OUT jack to the IN jack for the DS3 channel to be tested. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 807 If YES, then continue with Step 14. If NO, then proceed to Step 18. 14. Use the following command to switch from service to protection circuit pack: switch-fn:address:pri=manual;. Response: The green ACTIVE LED lights on the protection circuit pack. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 808 OLIU must be in place. If end-to-end tests are being performed, at the far-end DSX-3 or STSX cross-connect point associated with the DDM-2000 being tested, connect a patch cord from the OUT jack to the IN jack for the DS3 channel to be tested. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 809 32. At the near-end (and the far-end) DDM-2000, momentarily depress the UPD/INIT button on the SYSCTL to update the SYSCTL. 33. Repeat this procedure from Step 22 for any additional DS3 circuits to be tested. 34. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 810 Trouble Clearing: IXL-001 to isolate the trouble. If no alarms or indications are present and a CIT is available, use the RETRIEVE commands (for example, rtrv-alm, rtrv-hsty, etc.) to check for other trouble indications. 39. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 811 TARP Manual Adjacencies specifying a NE to be logically adjacent to local NE. Command parameters should not be changed from default values except by users who intend to provision the SONET subnetwork and partition DCC communications. Sets alarm holdoff and clear delay. set-attr-alm DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 812 Sets the thresholds of the DS3 performance set-pmthres-t3 parameters. Also enables or disables the processing of the threshold crossings for these performance parameters. set-pmthres-sts1 Sets the STS-1 path performance parameter thresholds. Available only in Release 2 or later software. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 813 Enables feature options that are licensed for use: set-feat sts3c, vtpm, ds1pm. Sets the characteristics of a OC-1 line. Sets the signal set-oc1 degrade threshold of the OC-1 line as a bit error rate (BER). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 814 Sets the characteristics of a DS3 port. set-t3 Sets the signal degrade characteristics of a VT1.5 set-vt1 channel. Sets the packet size of X.25 link to either 128 or 256. set-x25 Determine options required from office records. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 815 Issue 2, February 2000 Page 5 of 10 Set options using the syntax of the Commands and Reports section in this manual. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. Table A – DDM-2000 OC-3 Parameters Provisionable Via the CIT Default Parameter Range (Note 1)
  • Page 816 DLP-512 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 6 of 10 Issue 2, February 2000 Table A – DDM-2000 OC-3 Parameters Provisionable Via the CIT (Contd) Default Parameter Range (Note 1) Command (Note 2) VT1.5 path signal degrade threshold*** set-vt1 to 10...
  • Page 817 DLP-512 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 7 of 10 Table A – DDM-2000 OC-3 Parameters Provisionable Via the CIT (Contd) Default Parameter Range (Note 1) Command (Note 2) Feature package ** STS3C, VT PM, or DS1 PM...
  • Page 818 DLP-512 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 8 of 10 Issue 2, February 2000 Table A – DDM-2000 OC-3 Parameters Provisionable Via the CIT (Contd) Default Parameter Range (Note 1) Command (Note 2) Cross-connection type twoway twoway ent-crs-sts3c Expected STS-1 path...
  • Page 819 DLP-512 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 9 of 10 Table B – DDM-2000 OC-3 Performance Monitoring Parameters Provisionable Via the Parameter Definition Threshold Range [Default] Command Current Current Facility Measure Quarter Hour set-pmthres- OC-12 Section† SE Frame Seconds (SEFS)
  • Page 820 DLP-512 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 10 of 10 Issue 2, February 2000 Table B – DDM-2000 OC-3 Performance Monitoring Parameters Provisionable Via the CIT (Contd) Parameter Definition Threshold Range [Default] Command Current Current Facility Measure Quarter Hour set-pmthres-...
  • Page 821 BBF1/BBF1B DS1 Step 19 BBF3/BBF3B DS1PM Step 19 BBG6 STS1E Step 23 BBF8 HDSL Step 28 BBF6 T1EXT Step 31 BBF9/BBF10 LAN Step 34 177A Retainer Card* — *There are no option switches on these circuit packs. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 822 S2-1, S2-2, S2-3, S2-4, S2-5, S2-6, S2-7, and S2-8 to OFF. See Figure 1. Set all SYSCTL switch S1 sections S1-1, S1-2, and S1-3 to OFF, to set the product (shelf) type. Figure 1 – SYSCTL Option Settings STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 823 NE. The NE provisioned for External - Mult timing could use its DS1 output to distribute its incoming DS1 timing reference to other shelves in the bay to conserve ports on the BITS. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 824 Switch S1 Settings Timing Mode S1-3 S1-4 Free Running DS1 External, MULT Mode Line Timed Invalid* If an invalid setting is selected, FAULT LED is lighted and an alarm is generated unexpected CP type or unexpected CP switches) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 825 TGS circuit pack. Table D – BBF2 TGS DS1 Line Coding and Frame Format Switch Settings Switch Switch DS1 Line Code S1-1 DS1 Frame Format S1-2 B8ZS 10. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 826 When the NE is provisioned for line timing or with the DS1 output in SYNC OUT mode, the assumption is that the NE is deriving its timing from the optical interface shared between the two NE’s. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 827 NE. The NE provisioned for External - Mult timing could use its DS1 output to distribute its incoming DS1 timing reference to other shelves in the bay to conserve ports on the BITS. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 828 NE 1 will attempt to break the loop by inserting DS1 AIS on its DS1 output port. NE 2 will attempt to switch to another line timing source, if available, to prevent the timing loop. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 829 Line Timing with the proper source using the set-sync command. If automatic synchronization reconfiguration is supported and enabled in a system, both NEs will attempt to switch to another line timing source, if available, to prevent a timing loop. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 830 Main OLIU is default; FUNCTION UNIT C by set-sync command. ‡ If an invalid setting is selected, FAULT LED is lighted and an alarm is generated (unexpected CP type or unexpected CP switches). Figure 3 – BBF2B/BBF2C TGS or BBF4 TG3 Option Switch DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 831 TGS/TG3 circuit pack. Table H – BBF2B/BBF2C TGS/BBF4 TG3 DS1 Line Coding and Frame Format Switch Settings Switch Switch DS1 Line Code S1-1 DS1 Frame Format S1-2 B8ZS 15. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 832 Table I – DS3 LBO Settings Cable Length (Ft) 734A 735A LBO Setting Cable Cable 0 to 225 0 to 125 LBO IN >225 to 450 >125 to 250 LBO OUT Figure 4 – BBG4/BBG4B/BBG19 DS3 Option Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 833 DLP-513 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 13 of 20 Figure 5 – BBG20 TMUX Option Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 834 >270 to 360 >1.8 to 2.4 >533 to 655 >360 to 450 >2.4 to 2.8 Note: Invalid switch settings will cause the FAULT LED to light and a DS1 CP failed alarm. Figure 6 – DS1/DS1PM Option Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 835 S1-4 S1-5 S1-6 S1-7 S1-8 Format (Port 1) (Port 2) (Port 3) (Port 4) (Note) B8ZS Note: Switch 1, section 8 (S1-8) is unused and ignored by the system. 22. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 836 Cable Length (Ft) 734A 735A LBO Setting Cable Cable 0 to 225 0 to 125 LBO IN >225 to 450 >125 to 250 LBO OUT Figure 7 – BBG6 STS1E Line Build-Out Jumpers and Mode Switch DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 837 30. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. Table M – HDSL Control Switch Settings Switch S1 Settings Control Settings S1-1 S1-2 S1-3 S1-4 Master — — Slave — — Local — — Remote — — Figure 8 – BBF8 HDSL Control Switch DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 838 (Unused) (Unused) (Unused) B8ZS Note: Switch 1, section 3 (S1-3), section 4 (S1-4), and section 5 (S1-5) are unused and must be set to OFF. Edge Connector Component Side Figure 9 – BBF6 T1EXT Option Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 839 Refer to Table O and Figure 10 and set power jumpers. Table O – IMA LAN Power Settings Corresponding FUNCTION UNITS IMA Power Setting MXRVO Circuit Pack +5 V –48 V BBG2 MXRVO BBG2B MXRVO -48V Figure 10 – IMA LAN Power Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 840 DLP-513 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 20 of 20 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 841 Dress optical cables at bottom front of the shelf. Route the optical jumpers up through the slotted hole(s) at the bottom left-front corner of the shelf and up to the OLIUs. See Tables A and B. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 842 ST -2016A Biconic FS1E-A-50 105424006 ST -2016A Biconic FS1E-A-100 105424022 LS1SC-SC-2 106908247 SC-SC LS1SC-SC-10 106908270 SC-SC LS1SC-SC-25 106908304 SC-SC LS1SC-SC-50 106908346 SC-SC LS1SC-SC-100 106908395 SC-SC LS1FP-FP-10 106593825 FCPC-FCPC LS1FP-FP-25 106932908 FCPC-FCPC LS1FP-FP-50 106932916 FCPC-FCPC LS1FP-FP-100 106932924 FCPC-FCPC DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 843 Interface the recommended optical fiber is single mode, but multimode can be used. For the DDM-2000 FiberReach 26G2-U OLIUs the recommended optical fiber is single mode, but multimode can be used. The DDM-2000 27G-U/27G2-U OLIUs require single-mode optical fiber. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 844 LBOs per Figures 1, 2, 3, 4, and/or 5 [DLP-552]. NOTE: For DDM-2000 OC-3 ring configurations, optical fibers extend in two different directions to make up the ring. At each shelf (node) in the ring, the MAIN 1 OLIU will connect to the MAIN 2(P) OLIU in one adjacent node, and the MAIN 2(P) OLIU will connect to the MAIN 1 OLIU in the other adjacent node.
  • Page 845 At each shelf (node) in the ring, the DDM-2000 OC-3 MAIN 1 OLIU or DDM-2000 OC-12 MAIN B 1 OLIU will connect to the OC-3 MAIN 2(P) OLIU or OC-12 MAIN B 2(P) OLIU in...
  • Page 846 22G3-U 22F2-U 22F2-U 22G3-U 22G4-U 22G2-U 22G2-U OLIU 22G3-U 22G3-U 22G4-U 22G4-U 22G4-U OLIU OLIU OLIU 22G-U 22G2-U 22G3-U 22G4-U 22F-U 22F2-U OLIU Figure 1 – DDM-2000 OC-3 to OC-3 Fiber Optic Connections and Line Buildouts DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 847 Table C – DDM-2000 OC-3 to OC-3 Measured Optical Power and Required LBO Receiver 22F-U/22F2-U OLIU 22F OLIU 22G2-U/22G3-U OLIU 22D-U OLIU 22D-U OLIU 22G-U OLIU 22G4-U OLIU (Controlled Env.) (Uncontrolled Env.) Received Received Received Received Transmitter Power(dBm) (dB) Power(dBm)
  • Page 848 22G3-U 22G4-U OLIU OC-12 Shelf OC-12 Shelf 22G-U 22G2-U 21G-U 22G3-U 21G2-U 22G4-U 21G3-U 22F/22F2-U OLIU OLIU OC-12 Shelf OC-12 Shelf Figure 2 – DDM-2000 OC-3 to OC-12 FUNCTION UNITS Fiber Optic Connections and Line Buildouts DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 849 Table D – DDM-2000 OC-3 to OC-12 FUNCTION UNITS Measured OpticalPower and Required LBO Receiver 22F OLIU 21G2-U/21G3-U OLIU 22G-U OLIU 22F-U/22F2-U OLIU 21G/21G-U OLIU 22G2-U/22G3-U OLIU 21D/21D-U/22D-U OLIU 21D/21D-U/22D-U OLIU (High/Low Power) 22G4-U OLIU (Controlled Env.) (Uncontrolled Env.) Received...
  • Page 850 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 10 of 18 22G2-U 22G3-U 22F-U 22G4-U 22F2-U OLIU 22G-U 22G2-U 22G3-U 22G4-U OLIU Figure 3 – DDM-2000 OC-3 to FT-2000 LS INTFC Fiber Optic Connections and Line Buildouts DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 851 Table E – DDM-2000 OC-3 to FT-2000 LS INTFC Measured Optical Power and Required LBO Receiver 22F-U/22F2-U OLIU LAA10 OC3 LAA5 IS3 22F OLIU 22G2-U/22G3-U OLIU 22D-U OLIU 22D-U OLIU (FT-2000) (FT-2000 22G-U OLIU 22G4-U OLIU (Controlled Env.) (Uncontrolled Env.)
  • Page 852 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 12 of 18 Figure 4 – DDM-2000 OC-3 to DDM-2000 FiberReach OC-1 Optic Connections and Line Buildouts Table F – DDM-2000 OC-3 to DDM-2000 FiberReach OC-1 Measured Optical Power and Required LBO...
  • Page 853 OLIU OLIU Universal buildout Figure 5 – DDM-2000 OC-3 Shelf to OC-12 Shelf or FT-2000 OC-12 LS INTFC Fiber Optic Connections and Line Buildouts Table G – DDM-2000 OC-3 Shelf to FT-2000 OC-12 LS INTFC Measured Optical Power and Required LBO...
  • Page 854 DLP-514 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 14 of 18 Table H – DDM-2000 OC-3 Shelf to OC-12 Shelf OC-12 Measured Optical Power and Required LBO Receiver 24G-U/24H-U OLIU 29G-U/29H-U OLIU (OC-3 Shelf With 23G/23G-U OLIU 23H/23H-U OLIU...
  • Page 855 Table N – Universal Multimode (MM) SC Lightguide Buildouts Lightguide Connector Fiber Label Buildout (LBO) Code Comcode Type Connection Color 5 dB A2060B 106795271 MM-MM Blue 10 dB A2060D 106795289 MM-MM Black 15 dB A2060F 106795297 MM-MM Green DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 856 Reconnect the fiber and repeat the process for the other direction of transmission. 17. Verify proper systems have been connected by using the rtrv-map-network: and rtrv-map-neighbor: commands to retrieve a map of the network (Figures 6, 7, and 8). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 857 39 840F 80 000000 0000 0000 0000 08006alad06e 00 Site7NE1 main-1 39 840F 80 000000 0000 0000 0000 08006alad06f 00 Site5NE1 main-2 39 840F 80 000000 0000 0000 0000 00000e3a0372 00 Figure 7 – Sample Report From rtrv-map-neighbor Command (R13) DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 858 Reinstall front cover and tighten three screws. 19. Repeat this procedure for each fiber span to be connected until the end-to-end system is established. 20. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 859 NOTE: This test is used in ring releases to verify the integrity of the OC-3 or OC-12 fiber lines between two DDM-2000 OC-3 shelves and may be performed with the DDM-2000 in service or out of service. NOTE: It is assumed that each DDM-2000 has passed the local (looped) transmission tests and a CIT is available.
  • Page 860 Last initialized: day registers at yy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss quarter hour registers at yy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss ======================================================================== Address Start B2 CV B2 ES B2 ESA B2 UAS PSC-L Time B2 SES B2 ESB ======================================================================== address time ------------------------------------------------------------------------ address time DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 861 Check optical fiber and connections. Clean optical fiber connections [DLP-527]. If no trouble found in the optical fibers, replace OLIU(s) [DLP-523] associated with the address indicated in the report. 11. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 862 DLP-515 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 4 of 4 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 863 Unseat the circuit pack in FUNCTION UNITS group slot A-1, B-1, or C-1. Wait 30 seconds. Is the minor (MN) alarm activated? If YES, then continue with Step 8. If NO, then proceed to Step 16. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 864 Check that the alarms are connected correctly. If the wiring is correct and the failure persists, refer to Trouble Clearing: TAP-108 to clear the failure. 18. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 865 (Unused) (Unused) (Unused) B8ZS Note: Switch 1, section 3 (S1-3), section 4 (S1-4), and section 5 (S1-5) are unused and must be set to OFF. Edge Connector Component Side Figure 1 – BBF6 T1EXT Option Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 866 Install protection T1EXT circuit pack into slot 8(P) of LOW SPEED GROUP ( ) being equipped. Install 177A Retainer Cards into all unequipped service LOW SPEED slots in GROUP(s) equipped with MXRVO and protection T1EXT circuit packs. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 867 Refer to Figure 1 and Table A and set power jumpers. Table A – IMA LAN Power Settings Corresponding FUNCTION UNITS IMA Power Setting MXRVO Circuit Pack +5 V –48 V BBG2 MXRVO BBG2B MXRVO -48V Figure 1 – IMA LAN Power Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 868 40 seconds and then goes off. Repeat this procedure from Step 1 for each service IMA LAN circuit pack being installed. Install 177A Retainer Cards into all unequipped service LOW SPEED slots. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 869 10. To test a high-speed switch to protection, unplug a MXRVO/STS1E circuit pack with a lighted ACTIVE LED. Response: The green ACTIVE LED on the companion circuit pack lights. The NE ACTY LED on User Panel lights. The MN alarm lights after 2 seconds. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 870 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 2 of 2 Issue 2, February 2000 11. Reseat the circuit pack that was removed. Response: After 2 seconds, all LEDs go OFF. 12. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 871 If the protection DS1/DS1PM circuit pack is not available for a protection switch, removing a service DS1/DS1PM circuit pack will interrupt service on all DS1 ports on that circuit pack. If a CIT is available, use the rtrv-state: command to check the status of the protection switch. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 872 DS1/DS1PM circuit pack or 177A Retainer Card in the same group will result in a loss of service to the protected DS1/DS1PM circuit pack and the removed DS1/DS1PM circuit pack. CAUTION: No service DS1/DS1PM locations (slots) should be left empty. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 873 DS1 LOW SPEED slots from the DDM-2000’s internal protection bus. Remove 177A Retainer Card from the DS1 slot being equipped. 13. Set option switches and install new DS1/DS1PM circuit pack. Reference: DLP-508 14. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 874 DLP-520 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 4 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 875 • Full duplex. • 8 data bits. • 1 start bit. • 1 stop bit. • No flow control. • Baud rate setting is automatically set by DDM-2000 when connection is made. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 876 ATT-zero-one), ATT02 (uppercase ATT-zero-two), and ATT03 (uppercase ATT-zero-three). The login banner for Release 9.0 and earlier reads: AT&T, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, Release a.b.c. Were you sent here from DLP-541 to connect CIT? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE.
  • Page 877 If security has not been enabled, enter a carriage RETURN. Response: CIT prints the following message followed by an alarm and status report: /************************************* Lucent Technologies DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer Release a.b.c *************************************/ TID date time rtrv-alm:all COMPLD /* Active Alarms and Status Report NOTE: The system prompt may be something other than <...
  • Page 878 DLP-521 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 4 of 4 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 879 NOTE: Remote login to FT-2000 OC-48 systems are not allowed from the DDM-2000 OC-3 system. NOTE: A remote login session may be terminated in some cases due to events in distant shelves and may not be noticeable until you begin typing in the rlgn session.
  • Page 880 If security has been enabled, enter your login and password when you are prompted. If security has not been enabled, enter two carriage RETURNs. Response: System responds with: /************************************* Lucent Technologies DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer Release a.b.c *************************************/ TID date time rtrv-alm:all COMPLD /* Active Alarms and Status Report NOTE:...
  • Page 881 CIT. A logout entered to the near-end terminal will terminate the local and remote sessions. Use the command logout to log out of the remote terminal session and return control to the near-end terminal. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 882 DLP-522 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 4 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 883 22D-U OLIU Step 19 22F/22F-U/22F2-U OLIU Step 19 22G-U/22G2-U/22G3-U/22G4-U OLIU Step 19 26G2-U/27G-U/27G2-U OLIU Step 19 24G-U/24H-U OLIU Step 19 29G-U/29H-U OLIU Step 19 BBG4/BBG4B/BBG19 DS3 Step 30 BBG20 TMUX Step 30 BBF1/BBF1B DS1 Step 34 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 884 There are no options to be set on the BBG2/BBG2B MXRVO circuit pack. Remove old MXRVO and install replacement MXRVO. Response: FAULT LED on the MXRVO lights for about 13 seconds and then goes off. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 885 OHCTL and SYSCTL [DLP-532]. Install OHCTL into AUXCTL slot. (If software is not loaded or is incompatible, load new software using DLP-532). STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 886 BBF2 TGS. In external timing, the BBF2 TGS gets timing from an external DS1 reference input. In line timing, the BBF2 TGS gets timing from an OLIU from a reference clock recovered from the received OC-3 line rate signal. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 887 The DS1 output generated by each NE is regenerated from the input DS1 timing reference and could be used to distribute this reference to other shelves colocated in the same bay to conserve ports on the BITS. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 888 DS1 External, MULT Mode Line Timed Invalid If an invalid setting is selected, FAULT LED is lighted and an unexpected CP type or unexpected CP switches alarm is generated. Figure 1 – BBF2 TGS Option Switch DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 889 FAULT lamp will flash when the new TGS is installed until the signal tests good. Remove old TGS and install replacement TGS. Response: FAULT LED on the TGS lights (flashes) for about 15 seconds and then goes off. 12. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 890 When the NE is provisioned for line timing or with the DS1 output in SYNC OUT mode, the assumption is that the NE is deriving its timing from the optical interface shared between the two NE’s. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 891 NE. The NE provisioned for External - Mult timing could use its DS1 output to distribute its incoming DS1 timing reference to other shelves in the bay to conserve ports on the BITS. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 892 NE 1 will attempt to break the loop by inserting DS1 AIS on its DS1 output port. NE 2 will attempt to switch to another line timing source, if available, to prevent the timing loop. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 893 NE provisioned for External - Sync Out, which in turn generates a DS1 output reference regenerated from the optical interface shared by both NE’s. This DS1 output is used to provide a synchronization reference to a BITS. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 894 If automatic synchronization reconfiguration is supported and enabled in a system, both NEs will attempt to switch to another line timing source, if available, to prevent a timing loop. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 895 MAIN (MAIN 1) OLIU is default; FUNCTION UNIT C by set-sync command. ‡ If an invalid setting is selected, FAULT LED is lighted and an alarm is generated (unexpected CP type or unexpected CP switches). Figure 2 – BBF2B/BBF2C TGS/BBF4 TG3 Option Switch DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 896 Is timing mode set to either DS1 External or Line Timed sync out ? If YES, then continue with Step 16. If NO, then proceed to Step 17. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 897 Remove old BBF2B/BBF2C TGS or BBF4 TG3 and install replacement BBF2B/BBF2C TGS or BBF4 TG3. Response: FAULT LED on the BBF2B/BBF2C TGS or BBF4 TG3 lights (flashes) for about 15 seconds and then goes off. 18. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 898 20. Is a 24G-U/24H-U or 29G-U/29H-U OLIU being replaced? If YES, then proceed to Step 24. If NO, then continue with Step 21. 21. Remove old OLIU and install same type replacement OLIU. Response: FAULT LED on OLIU flashes. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 899 29G-U/29H-U OLIU being replaced. Response: MN LED (OC12 connector failed) alarm should go off. 28. Verify that the connectors on the OC-12 connector cable are properly seated and latched. 29. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 900 Table I – DS3 LBO Settings Cable Length (Ft) 734A 735A Cable Cable LBO Setting 0 to 225 0 to 125 LBO IN >225 to 450 >125 to 250 LBO OUT Figure 3 – BBG4/BBG4B/BBG19 DS3 Option Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 901 FAULT lamp will flash when the new DS3/TMUX is installed until the signal tests good. Remove old DS3/TMUX and install replacement DS3/TMUX. Response: FAULT LED on the DS3/TMUX flashes for about 15 seconds and then goes off. 33. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 902 >1.2 to 1.8 >400 to 533 >270 to 360 >1.8 to 2.4 >533 to 655 >360 to 450 >2.4 to 2.8 Note: Invalid switch settings will cause the FAULT LED to light and a DS1 CP failed alarm. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 903 (Port 4) (Note) B8ZS Note: Switch 1, section 8 (S1-8) on the BBF1/BBF1B DS1 is unused and ignored by the system. On the BBF3 DS1PM, S1-8 must be set to OFF. Figure 5 – DS1/DS1PM Option Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 904 Remove old DS1/DS1PM circuit pack and install replacement DS1/DS1PM circuit pack. Response: FAULT LED on the DS1/DS1PM circuit pack may light (flash) for up to 40 seconds and then goes off. 38. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 905 Page 23 of 30 Issue 2, February 2000 BBF5 JMPR 39. There are no options to be set on the BBF5 JMPR circuit pack. Remove old JMPR and install replacement JMPR. 40. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 906 Remove old STS1E circuit pack and install replacement STS1E circuit pack. Response: FAULT LED on the STS1E may light (flash) for about 15 seconds and then goes off. 46. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 907 Table L – STS1E LBO Settings Cable Length (Ft) 734A 735A Cable Cable LBO Setting 0 to 225 0 to 125 LBO IN >225 to 450 >125 to 250 LBO OUT Figure 6 – BBG6 STS1E Option Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 908 50. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. Table M – HDSL Control Switch Settings Control Settings Switch S1 Settings S1-1 S1-2 S1-3 S1-4 Master — — Slave — — Local — — Remote — — Figure 7 – BBF8 HDSL Control Switch DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 909 (Unused) (Unused) (Unused) B8ZS Note: Switch 1, section 3 (S1-3), section 4 (S1-4), and section 5 (S1-5) are unused and must be set to OFF. Edge Connector Component Side Figure 8 – BBF6 T1EXT Option Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 910 Refer to Table O and Figure 9 and set power jumpers. Table O – IMA LAN Power Settings Corresponding FUNCTION UNITS IMA Power Setting MXRVO Circuit Pack +5 V –48 V BBG2 MXRVO BBG2B MXRVO -48V Figure 9 – IMA LAN Power Settings DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 911 57. Connect cable to RJ-45 connector on BBF9 IMA LAN or optical cable to optical connector on BBF10 IMA LAN. Response: FAULT LED on IMA LAN circuit pack lights and may remain lighted for about 40 seconds and then goes off. 58. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 912 DLP-523 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 30 of 30 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 913 If YES, then proceed to Step 8. If NO, then continue with Step 6. Trouble in User Panel, power feeder(s), or office battery distribution. Refer trouble to organization that installed the shelf. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 914 If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then continue with Step 18. 18. Trouble in User Panel. Refer trouble to organization that installed the shelf. 19. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 915 IMA LAN software. NOTE: This procedure is used to install a new IMA LAN software program in a local in-service DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf. For procedures to download software to a remote shelf (using ins-prog: or cpy-prog: command), see DLP-528.
  • Page 916 The PC will prompt you to insert disks as needed after the first disk is installed. If you are using floppy disks, insert the first (number 1) disk into the PC drive (if not using the hard drive). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 917 If the letter "P" is displayed in the FE ID display, this indicates that it is a NE SW generic download issue. • Refer to DLP-532. C. If the letter "d" is displayed in the FE ID display, this indicates that the SYSCTL has incompatible software. • Refer to DLP-532. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 918 Enter two carriage returns. Response: PC prompts with: /* Enter a shelf number from 1 to 8 */ shelf [default] = 13. Was response correct? If YES, then proceed to Step 16. If NO, then continue with Step 14. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 919 Check for invalid COM port. Exit TERM (Alt-F2), then restart TERM using term COM1 or term COM2. If the download still does not start, as indicated by the In progress message and rows of dots, refer to Trouble Clearing: TAP-122. 15. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 920 Enter the shelf number for the shelf being downloaded to for new program download. Response: PC responds with: /************************************* Lucent Technologies DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer Release a.b.c *************************************/ TID date time rtrv-alm:all COMPLD /* Active Alarms and Status Report <...
  • Page 921 /* IMA LAN Generic program a.b.c is installed */ The SYSCTL resets and the LEDs go off on the User Panel and the SYSCTL. 21. Was response correct? If YES, then continue with Step 22. If NO, then do Trouble Clearing: TAP-122. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 922 In progress (lan program installation IP), rtrv-hsty to know if IMA LAN program Apply Failed (lan apply fail.), and rtrv-lan to insure that the Apply Action is not listed for the address being checked. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 923 The IMA LAN FAULT LED goes on for the duration of the reset and goes off after the reset. 28. Did apply command successfully complete? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then call your local RTAC or CTS. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 924 DLP-525 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 10 of 10 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 925 Trouble Clearing: TAD-100 . NOTE: This procedure may be used to connect modems and a craft interface terminal (CIT) to the DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer system for use in provisioning the system from a remote location. NOTE: This procedure must be performed at both the DDM-2000 location and remote CIT location to set the parameters of modems and terminal.
  • Page 926 Verify the generic parameters of the modem are set to the following: • 300, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, or 19,200 baud The Lucent Technologies 4024 and Lucent Technologies 2224 CEO modems support 1200 and 2400 baud rates. The Lucent Technologies 2296 modem supports 4800 or 9600 baud rates. • Full duplex •...
  • Page 927 Page 3 of 8 Issue 2, February 2000 Set the modem to answer incoming calls. For example, if you are using an Lucent Technologies 2224 CEO modem, do the following to program the modem: NOTE: It is assumed the PC and modem ("AT" command compatible) are powered and the PC is loaded with communications software.
  • Page 928 Pin 9 - Ring indicator Modem notifies the CIT that ring signal is present when the modem is in an auto-answer mode. Verify the telephone line is plugged into the modem. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 929 Entering just a carriage RETURN at the shelf prompt will connect you to the shelf physically connected to the CIT. Enter the shelf number and/or carriage RETURN for the shelf being accessed. Response: CIT prompts with login < DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 930 ATT01 (uppercase ATT-zero-one), ATT02 (uppercase ATT-zero-two), and ATT03 (uppercase ATT-zero-three). The login banner for Release 9.0 and earlier reads: AT&T, DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer, Release a.b.c. If security has been enabled, enter your login, and then enter your password when prompted.
  • Page 931 24 lines. The page length is set to default each time a new CIT session is started. See the Commands and Reports section of this manual for a description of the command formats. 14. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 932 DLP-526 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 8 of 8 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 933 Carefully wipe connector end again with clean, dry, lint-free optical quality tissue. Blow any lint or dust from connector using canned air at least 3 inches (8 cm) from face of connector. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 934 Attenuated LBO has lens. Do not use pipe cleaner. Clean LBO by canned air only. Blow any lint or dust from inside LBO, using canned air at least 3 inches (8 cm) from LBO. 20. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 935 22. Carefully wipe fiber-end face and sides of connector again with clean, dry, lint-free optical quality tissue. 23. Blow any lint or dust from fiber-end face and sides of connector using canned air at least 3 inches (8 cm) from connector. 24. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 936 DLP-527 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 4 of 4 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 937 NOTE: This procedure uses the cpy-prog: or ins-prog: commands to install a new software program in a remote in-service DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf. It is assumed that the local shelf has already been upgraded and the software is running normally or has been installed as a dormant copy. For procedures to download software locally to a shelf, see DLP-525.
  • Page 938 To minimize the download time and reduce DCC traffic, it is recommended that multi-span software downloading be avoided by remotely logging into the nearest shelf of the same type and remotely downloading the new program from that shelf. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 939 Use rtrv-map-network command to retrieve the tid of the shelf having the new program installed. NOTE: If the cpy-prog: command is denied for any reason, the reader should reference the command documentation, so that the appropriate actions are taken. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 940 14. Wait approximately 10 minutes for network to stabilize then repeat this procedure from Step 8. If the second attempt to download software fails, then do Trouble Clearing: TAP-122. You may have to go to the remote site. 15. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 941 The PC will prompt you to insert disks as needed after the first disk is installed. If you are using floppy disks, insert the first (number 1) disk into the PC drive (if not using the hard drive). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 942 • If the cpy-prog: command encounters a "P." in the target NE during initial handshake (before the cpy-prog: command is confirmed), the request is denied and the following denial message is displayed at the source NE. You may be able to download software from another shelf or locally. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 943 DDM-2000, make sure a null modem is installed on the port. Check term setup and make sure the com port selected matches the port (COM( )) on the PC that is connected to the CIT port on the DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 944 28. Enter the shelf number for the local shelf being used for new program download. Response: PC responds with: login< password< /************************************* Lucent Technologies DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer Release a.b.c *************************************/ TID date time rtrv-alm:all COMPLD /* Active Alarms and Status Report < NOTE: After the system prompt (<), the system will respond normally to...
  • Page 945 PC prints the following completion message: lan ins-prog:TID COMPLD /* IMA LAN Generic program a.b.c is installed */ The SYSCTL resets, and the terminal is logged off the system. The LEDs go off on the User Panel and SYSCTL. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 946 40. Are you going to use the apply command at this time to load dormant version of software? If YES, then continue with Step 41. If NO, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. 41. Use rlgn:tid command to remotely login to far-end shelf. Reference: DLP-522 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 947 The IMA LAN FAULT LED goes on for the duration of the reset and goes off after the reset. 46. Did apply command successfully complete? If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then call your local RTAC or CTS. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 948 DLP-528 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 12 of 12 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 949 DLP-529 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 1 of 2 Unused DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 950 DLP-529 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 2 of 2 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 951 DLP-530 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 1 of 2 Issue 2, February 2000 Unused DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 952 DLP-530 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 2 of 2 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 953 Depress and hold (for longer than 2 seconds) the ACO button on the User Panel. Response: All LEDs and the 7-segment display light. The display goes blank for 2 seconds and then scrolls through the full software version code. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 954 DLP-531 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 2 of 2 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 955 NOTE: This procedure is used to install a new software program in a local in-service DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf. For procedures to download software in a new shelf (initial installation), see DLP-561. For procedures to download software to a remote shelf (using ins-prog: or cpy-prog: command), see DLP-562.
  • Page 956 "external timed" or "external mult" timed. This is to prevent timing "holdover" conditions at nodes that derive timing from the OC-3 line. Table A – DDM-2000 OC-3 Inservice Software Upgrade Compatibility (Note) Upgrade to Current Release 13.0...
  • Page 957 95 you must exit Windows by clicking on the Start button, then Shut Down, then Restart the computer in MS-DOS mode. Obtain equipment, check software, and connect PC for download. Reference: DLP-566 Registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 958 Indicates OHCTL has no software or that software in OHCTL and SYSCTL is incompatible. Proceed to Step 19. Letter "C" in FE ID Display: Indicates software is installed in OHCTL and SYSCTL, but it will not support the current shelf provisioning. Proceed to Step 23. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 959 SYSCTL has just been unplugged and reseated, properly seat the faceplate latch. (A reset occurs after the faceplate is seated.) Flashing Letter "L" in FE ID Display: Indicates a low voltage condition (brownout) on the shelf. Clear trouble using Trouble Clearing: TAP-121. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 960 COMPLD /* Generic a.b.c is installed */ The SYSCTL resets and the terminal is logged off the system. Was response correct? If YES, then continue with Step 8. If NO, then proceed to Step 27. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 961 Enter two carriage returns. Response: PC prompts with: /* Enter a shelf number from 1 to 8 */ shelf [default] = 11. Was response correct? If YES, then continue with Step 12. If NO, then proceed to Step 28. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 962 Page 8 of 14 12. Enter the shelf number for the shelf being used for new program download. Response: PC responds with: /************************************* Lucent Technologies DDM-2000 OC-3 Multiplexer Release a.b.c *************************************/ TID date time rtrv-alm:all COMPLD /* Active Alarms and Status Report NOTE: After the system prompt (<), the system will respond normally to...
  • Page 963 If YES, then continue with Step 18. If NO, then do Trouble Clearing: TAP-116. 18. Did the letter "C" appear in the FE ID display? If NO, then proceed to Step 33. If YES, then proceed to Step 23. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 964 COMPLD /* Generic a.b.c is installed */ The SYSCTL resets and the terminal is logged off the system. 21. Was response correct? If YES, then continue with Step 22. If NO, then proceed to Step 27. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 965 25. To force the system to run the current software, perform the following: Ensure that a TGS/TG3 circuit pack is installed in TIMING slot 2. Remove the TGS/TG3 circuit pack in TIMING slot 1. Reset (unplug and reseat) the SYSCTL to force it to run the current software. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 966 Press the "Space" bar until the desired rate appears. Momentarily depress the Esc(Escape) key to activate the new baud rate. If the download still does not start, refer to Trouble Clearing: TAP-116. 29. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 967 Are you going to use the apply: command at this time to install the dormant version of software? If YES, then continue with Step 36. If NO, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 968 If YES, then STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. If NO, then continue with Step 38. 38. Did the letter "C" appear in the FE ID display? If NO, then do Trouble Clearing: TAP-116. If YES, then proceed to Step 23. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 969 DDM-2000, the COM1 port must be used. Refer to your PC documentation to determine which port is the COM1 port. There are two types of serial port connectors: — 25-pin RS-232 connector (male) — 9-pin connector (male). Registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 970 • Special Keys — The keyboard has many special keys which are interpreted differently by various software packages. Locate the Cancel or Delete key. This key may be used to abort a command. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 971 ON. Rebooting the PC clears all data you had in memory. If the time of day clock is not indicating the current time and date, set the time of day clock. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 972 Write the label before applying it to the diskette if possible. — Erase the diskette label with a pencil eraser. The dust may destroy the diskette. Instead, place a new label over the old one. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 973 (Opening up a disk drive door is similar to ejecting a cassette from a cassette recorder.) After the diskette has been removed, place it into its protective envelope or storage facility. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 974 DLP-533 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 6 of 6 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 975 • The MS-DOS software disk with Release 2.1 or later. • A blank diskette(s) (this will become the working copy). • The original diskette(s) containing the new generic program. MS-DOS is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 976 You will need a blank diskette(s). It is a good practice to label diskettes so that you can keep track of them. You should prepare a label for the diskette(s) marked as DDM-2000 OC-3 Release a.b.c - working copy. The a.b.c is the release version that you are copying.
  • Page 977 If you have not already done so, label the diskette(s) as DDM-2000 OC-3 Release a.b.c - working copy. You are now ready to copy the files from the original diskette(s) to the working copy diskette(s). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 978 This command tells MS-DOS software to copy all of the files from the A drive to the C drive (hard disk). Open the drive door, and remove the original diskette from the drive. Repeat this procedure for all diskettes. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 979 If the working copy is ever lost or damaged, you will have a backup copy and will not have to create a new working copy from the original(s). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 980 <Enter>. When the prompt A> appears, wait for the disk drive indicator light to go OFF and remove floppy. Label the backup floppy with an appropriate label (for example, DDM-2000 OC-3 Release a.b.c - working copy backup).
  • Page 981 <Enter>. When the prompt A> appears, wait for the disk drive indicator light to go OFF and remove both floppies. Label the backup floppy with an appropriate label (for example, DDM-2000 OC-3 Release a.b.c - working copy backup).
  • Page 982 DLP-534 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 8 of 8 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 983 (or J237 of the front access cable). The cable from shelf 1 (or lower shelf) to the next higher shelf is connected from jack J44 (P237) of the lower shelf to jack J37 (J237) of the next higher shelf. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 984 If NO, then proceed to Step 9. Use switch-sync:s=circuitpack,pri=manual command to switch timing to protection TGS in TIMING slot 2, if not already active. Response: ACTIVE LED lights on TGS circuit pack in TIMING slot 2. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 985 Red FAULT LED on TGS/TG3 circuit pack in slot 2 lights for about 15 seconds then goes off. 15. If a CIT is available, use the rtrv-sync: command to display the provisioning and operational information of the synchronization interface. 16. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 986 DLP-535 363-206-285 Detailed Level Procedure: Issue 2, February 2000 Page 4 of 4 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 987 Service interruption will occur if batteries are disconnected and AC power is not available. Obtain 197A BATTERY LOAD TEST SET (197A) and place near batteries to be tested (Figure 1). Figure 1 – 197A Battery Load Test Set Test Connections DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 988 (GOOD or REPLACE), and the READY indicator lights; (c) test set fan operates. At test set connector head (Figure 1), connect battery leads (up to four) to BATT 1, 2, 3, and 4 plugs. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 989 15 minutes. Does test set show REPLACE for all batteries within the 15-minute test period shown on TIME display? If YES, then continue with Step 14. If NO, then proceed to Step 15. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 990 18. Install and connect replacement batteries to battery shelf. Reconnect any remaining good batteries to battery shelf. 19. Place batteries on high charge by depressing HIGH RATE CHG ACTIVATE pushbutton on BATTERY CHARGER and repeat from Step 6. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 991 Obtain 197A BATTERY LOAD TEST SET. SeeFigure 1. Figure 1 – 197A Battery Load Test Set Arrangement Remove cover from test set. At test connector head, verify battery fuse holders each contain a 20 Amp fast-blow fuse. Obtain one KS-21906, L4 battery. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 992 BATT plug. 10. Does test set fan operate? If YES, then proceed to Step 15. If NO, then proceed to Step 35. 11. On test set connector head, remove battery lead and check for blown fuse(s). DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 993 (READY indicator lighted), unplug and set aside defective battery pack, and repeat from Step 5. 19. Have TIME display and STATUS indicators been tested for each good BATT plug position? If YES, then proceed to Step 21. If NO, then continue with Step 20. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 994 Batteries must not be connected or disconnected when TESTING indicator is lighted. There is a defective test set. Allow test to run for 15 minutes as shown on TIME display. When COMPLETE indicator lights, unplug battery, and return test set for repair. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 995 Batteries must not be connected or disconnected when TESTING indicator is lighted. Defective test set. Depress STOP button, unplug battery, and return test set for repair. 35. There is a defective test set. Return for repair. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 996 DLP-537 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 6 of 6 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 997 Disconnect the parallel telemetry discrete cables from P54, P55, and P61 on the shelf backplane. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. Disconnect the TBOS cable from J53 on shelf backplane. STOP. YOU HAVE COMPLETED THIS PROCEDURE. DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 998 DLP-538 : Detailed Level Procedure 363-206-285 Page 2 of 2 Issue 2, February 2000 DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 999 OC-3 shelf, if it is a G1 shelf, or the fiber support bracket, if the shelf is a G3 or G4 shelf. Remove front cover of fan shelf. Locate 4-part switch to left of center on front of fan shelf. See Figure 1. Figure 1 – DDM-2000 Fan Shelf — Front Cover Removed DDM-2000 OC-3 M ULTIPLEXER...
  • Page 1000 NOTE: The fan filter is located on the bottom of the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf that is installed immediately below the fan shelf. Magnetic strips around the perimeter of the filter hold the filter in place in the bottom cavity of the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf.
  • Page 1001 Replace ED-8C733-30, G4 Fan Filter NOTE: The fan filter is located on the bottom of the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf that is installed immediately below the fan shelf. Magnetic strips around the perimeter of the filter hold the filter in place in the bottom cavity of the DDM-2000 OC-3 shelf.

Table of Contents